Lenze 8400 StateLine C Reference Manual
  1. Manuals
  2. Brands
  3. Lenze Manuals
  4. Inverter Drive
  5. 8400 StateLine C
  6. Reference manual

Lenze 8400 StateLine C Reference Manual

L-force drives; e84avsc series;
Hide thumbs Also See for 8400 StateLine C:
1
2
Table Of Contents
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
110
111
112
113
114
115
116
117
118
119
120
121
122
123
124
125
126
127
128
129
130
131
132
133
134
135
136
137
138
139
140
141
142
143
144
145
146
147
148
149
150
151
152
153
154
155
156
157
158
159
160
161
162
163
164
165
166
167
168
169
170
171
172
173
174
175
176
177
178
179
180
181
182
183
184
185
186
187
188
189
190
191
192
193
194
195
196
197
198
199
200
201
202
203
204
205
206
207
208
209
210
211
212
213
214
215
216
217
218
219
220
221
222
223
224
225
226
227
228
229
230
231
232
233
234
235
236
237
238
239
240
241
242
243
244
245
246
247
248
249
250
251
252
253
254
255
256
257
258
259
260
261
262
263
264
265
266
267
268
269
270
271
272
273
274
275
276
277
278
279
280
281
282
283
284
285
286
287
288
289
290
291
292
293
294
295
296
297
298
299
300
301
302
303
304
305
306
307
308
309
310
311
312
313
314
315
316
317
318
319
320
321
322
323
324
325
326
327
328
329
330
331
332
333
334
335
336
337
338
339
340
341
342
343
344
345
346
347
348
349
350
351
352
353
354
355
356
357
358
359
360
361
362
363
364
365
366
367
368
369
370
371
372
373
374
375
376
377
378
379
380
381
382
383
384
385
386
387
388
389
390
391
392
393
394
395
396
397
398
399
400
401
402
403
404
405
406
407
408
409
410
411
412
413
414
415
416
417
418
419
420
421
422
423
424
425
426
427
428
429
430
431
432
433
434
435
436
437
438
439
440
441
442
443
444
445
446
447
448
449
450
451
452
453
454
455
456
457
458
459
460
461
462
463
464
465
466
467
468
469
470
471
472
473
474
475
476
477
478
479
480
481
482
483
484
485
486
487
488
489
490
491
492
493
494
495
496
497
498
499
500
501
502
503
504
505
506
507
508
509
510
511
512
513
514
515
516
517
518
519
520
521
522
523
524
525
526
527
528
529
530
531
532
533
534
535
536
537
538
539
540
541
542
543
544
545
546
547
548
549
550
551
552
553
554
555
556
557
558
559
560
561
562
563
564
565
566
567
568
569
570
571
572
573
574
575
576
577
578
579
580
581
582
583
584
585
586
587
588
589
590
591
592
593
594
595
596
597
598
599
600
601
602
603
604
605
606
607
608
609
610
611
612
613
614
615
616
617
618
619
620
621
622
623
624
625
626
627
628
629
630
631
632
633
634
635
636
637
638
639
640
641
642
643
644
645
646
647
648
649
650
651
652
653
654
655
656
657
658
659
660
661
662
663
664
665
666
667
668
669
670
671
672
673
674
675
676
677
678
679
680
681
682
683
684
685
686
687
688
689
690
691
692
693
694
695
696
697
698
699
700
701
702
703
704
705
706
707
708
709
710
711
712
713
714
715
716
717
718
719
720
721
722
723
724
725
726
727
728
729
730
731
732
733
734
735
736
737
738
739
740
741
742
743
744
745
746
747
748
749
750
751
752
753
754
755
756
757
758
759
760
761
762
763
764
765
766
767
768
769
770
771
772
773
774
775
776
777
778
779
780
781
782
783
784
785
786
787
788
789
790
791
792
793
794
795
796
797
798
799
800
801
802
803
804
805
806
807
808
809
810
811
812
813
814
815
816
817
818
819
820
821
822
823
824
825
826
827
828
829
830
831
832
833
834
835
836
837
838
839
840
841
842
843
844
845
846
847
848
849
850
851
852
853
854
855
856
857
858
859
860
861
862
863
864
865
866
867
868
869
870
871
872
873
874
875
876
877
878
879
880
881
882
883
884
885
886
887
888
889
890
891
Table of Contents

Advertisement

Quick Links

Download this manual
EDS84AVSCxx
13391971
Phone: 800.894.0412 - Fax: 888.723.4773 - Web: www.clrwtr.com - Email: info@clrwtr.com
L-force
Drives
8400
E84AVSCxxxxx
Inverter Drives 8400 StateLine C
Reference manual
L

Advertisement

Table of Contents
loading
Need help?

Need help?

Do you have a question about the 8400 StateLine C and is the answer not in the manual?

Questions and answers

Subscribe to Our Youtube Channel

Related Manuals for Lenze 8400 StateLine C

Summary of Contents for Lenze 8400 StateLine C

  • Page 1 L-force Drives EDS84AVSCxx 13391971 Reference manual 8400 E84AVSCxxxxx Inverter Drives 8400 StateLine C Phone: 800.894.0412 - Fax: 888.723.4773 - Web: www.clrwtr.com - Email: info@clrwtr.com...
  • Page 2 8400 StateLine C | Reference manual Overview of technical documentation for Inverter Drives 8400 Overview of technical documentation for Inverter Drives 8400 Project planning, selection & ordering Legend: 8400 hardware manual Printed documentation Catalogue Online documentation (PDF/Engineer online help) Mounting & wiring...

  • Page 3: Table Of Contents

    ......2.3.2 Change parameter settings with PC and Lenze software ....
  • Page 4 8400 StateLine C | Reference manual Contents Commissioning ..............
  • Page 5 8400 StateLine C | Reference manual Contents Device control (DCTRL).............
  • Page 6 8400 StateLine C | Reference manual Contents Motor control (MCTRL)............. 106 Motor selection/Motor data .
  • Page 7 8400 StateLine C | Reference manual Contents Sensorless vector control (SLVC)..........
  • Page 8 8400 StateLine C | Reference manual Contents 5.10 Encoder/feedback system ............
  • Page 9 8400 StateLine C | Reference manual Contents I/O terminals ..............253 Digital terminals .
  • Page 10 8400 StateLine C | Reference manual Contents Technology applications ............289 Selection of the technology application and the control mode .
  • Page 11 8400 StateLine C | Reference manual Contents "GeneralPurpose" functions............
  • Page 12 8400 StateLine C | Reference manual Contents Diagnostics & error management ........... 380 Basics on error handling in the controller .
  • Page 13 8400 StateLine C | Reference manual Contents System bus "CAN on board" ............427 10.1...
  • Page 14 8400 StateLine C | Reference manual Contents 10.9 Parameter data transfer ............

  • Page 15: Phone: 800.894.0412 - Fax: 888.723.4773 - Web: Www.clrwtr.com - Email: Info@Clrwtr.com

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual Contents Parameter change-over ............509 13.1...
  • Page 16 8400 StateLine C | Reference manual Contents Working with the FB Editor............720 15.1...
  • Page 17 8400 StateLine C | Reference manual Contents 15.5 Adjusting online and offline interconnection ........
  • Page 18 8400 StateLine C | Reference manual Contents 16.1.23 L_MPot_1 ............. . .
  • Page 19 8400 StateLine C | Reference manual Contents 16.1.44 L_Transient_1 ............

  • Page 20: Phone: 800.894.0412 - Fax: 888.723.4773 - Web: Www.clrwtr.com - Email: Info@Clrwtr.com

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual Contents Index ................876 Your opinion is important to us .

  • Page 21: About This Documentation

    Target group This documentation is directed to all persons who would like to parameterise, configure and diagnose the 8400 StateLine controller with the Lenze L-force »Engineer« engineering software and the keypad X400. Validity The information in this documentation are valid for the following standard devices:...

  • Page 22: Document History

    Extended by new functions for 8400 StateLine C V11.00.00 02/2011 TD05 Error corrections & supplements 11/2010 TD05 Extended by new functions for 8400 StateLine C V06.00.00 and V10.00.00 02/2010 TD05 Error corrections & supplements 12/2009 TD05 Error correction & amendments, parameter reference V05.00.00 10/2009 TD05/06 Restructuring of some chapters, error corrections &...

  • Page 23: Terminology Used

    Block for a technology application (e.g. actuating drive speed) A technology application is a drive solution based on the experience and know- how of Lenze in which function blocks interconnected to a signal flow form the basis for implementing typical drive tasks.

  • Page 24: Process Data Transfer

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual About this documentation Terminology used Term Meaning Keypad The keypad is an alternative to the PC for the local operation, parameterisation, and diagnostics in a simple manner. • Detailed type designation: X400 keypad • Order designation: EZAEBK1001 Abbreviation for Lenze Application block Example: "LA_NCtrl"...

  • Page 25: Definition Of The Notes Used

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual About this documentation Definition of the notes used Definition of the notes used The following signal words and symbols are used in this documentation to indicate dangers and important information: Safety instructions Layout of the safety instructions: ...

  • Page 26: Introduction: Parameterising The Controller

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual Introduction: Parameterising the controller Introduction: Parameterising the controller Being a component of a machine which includes a speed-variable drive system, the controller needs to be adjusted to its drive task. The controller is adjusted by changing parameters which are saved in the memory module.

  • Page 27: Phone: 800.894.0412 - Fax: 888.723.4773 - Web: Www.clrwtr.com - Email: Info@Clrwtr.com

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual Introduction: Parameterising the controller L-force Engineer L-force EASY Starter Keypad Parameterisation Fieldbus Signal Signal inputs outputs Switch-off positioning Actuating drive speed Setpoint Motion generator Control Kernel ç è Process controller Device Motor control control ...

  • Page 28: Integrated Technology Applications

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual Introduction: Parameterising the controller Integrated technology applications Integrated technology applications The following technology applications in the 8400 StateLine controller provide the main signal flow for the implementation of a general or special drive solution: Technology application "Actuating drive speed"...

  • Page 29: Purpose Of The Technology Applications

    On the one hand a great scope of standard drive tasks for frequency inverters is covered by the technology applications offered by Lenze, and on the other hand, the user is relieved from time-consuming programming activities. Some drive tasks are often alike in practice so that minor modifications of the corresponding technology application can quickly lead to success.

  • Page 30: Technology Application = Function Block Interconnection

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual Introduction: Parameterising the controller Integrated technology applications 2.1.3 Technology application = function block interconnection In case of the 8400 device version, every technology application is based on a "function block interconnection" (abbr.: "FB interconnection"). Using this FB interconnection, any signal interconnection can be implemented.

  • Page 31: Selection Of The Appropriate Commissioning Tool

    Commissioning with PC and L-force »EASY Starter« The L-force »EASY Starter« is a Lenze tool for easy online diagnostics, parameter setting and commissioning of the controller. Commissioning with PC and L-force »Engineer«...

  • Page 32: Overview: Accessories For Commissioning

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual Introduction: Parameterising the controller Selection of the appropriate commissioning tool 2.2.1 Overview: Accessories for commissioning Version Features Product key Keypad X400 Quick access to parameters and operating data EZAEBK1001 • Hot-pluggable • Graphic display with plain texts •...

  • Page 33: General Notes On Parameters

     Moreover, each code has a name and specific attributes, as for example access type (reading, writing), data type, limit values and default setting ("Lenze setting").  For the sake of clarity, some codes contain "subcodes" for saving parameters. This Manual uses a slash "/"...

  • Page 34: Changing The Parameterisation With The Keypad

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual Introduction: Parameterising the controller General notes on parameters 2.3.1 Changing the parameterisation with the keypad The keypad is simply plugged on the diagnostic interface X6 ("DIAG") at the front of the standard device. Plugging and unplugging the keypad is possible during operation.

  • Page 35: Phone: 800.894.0412 - Fax: 888.723.4773 - Web: Www.clrwtr.com - Email: Info@Clrwtr.com

    Execute the function assigned to the function key (see LCD display)  Execute the stop function set in C00469 (Lenze setting: Inhibit controller)  Deactivate stop function again (Lenze setting: Enable controller again)  In the menu level: Select menu/submenu  In the parameter level: Select parameter ...

  • Page 36: Parameters With Subcodes

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual Introduction: Parameterising the controller General notes on parameters General operation 1. Use the navigation keys to select the   Par1 8400 StateLine C desired menu. USER - Menu – Use the navigation keys to reach a ...

  • Page 37: Change Parameter Settings With Pc And Lenze Software

    General notes on parameters 2.3.2 Change parameter settings with PC and Lenze software The USB diagnostic adapter, for instance, can be used for the communication between the PC (including the L-force »EASY Starter« or L-force »Engineer« software) and the controller, see illustration.

  • Page 38: Save Parameter Settings In The Memory Module Safe Against Mains Failure

    General information  In the delivery state, the Lenze setting of the following parameters has been saved to the integrated memory module: – the parameters of the controller –...

  • Page 39: Phone: 800.894.0412 - Fax: 888.723.4773 - Web: Www.clrwtr.com - Email: Info@Clrwtr.com

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual Introduction: Parameterising the controller General notes on parameters device has been started. The device can also be parameterised when the memory module has been unplugged. In this case, the parameter sets cannot be saved in the memory module.

  • Page 40: User Menu For Quick Access To Frequently Used Parameters

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual Introduction: Parameterising the controller General notes on parameters 2.3.4 User menu for quick access to frequently used parameters When a system is installed, parameters must be changed time and again until the system runs satisfactorily. The user menu of a device contains a selection of frequently used parameters to be able to access and change these parameters quickly.

  • Page 41: Password Protection

    Note! If password protection/device personalisation is used: • Let the end customer know that Lenze can only provide limited service in case of devices with access protection. • Lenze cannot modify e.g. a replacement device via special access to make it work with a personalised memory module.
  • Page 42 8400 StateLine C | Reference manual Introduction: Parameterising the controller Device access protection 2.4.1 Password protection If password protection has been activated, only a write/read access to the parameters of the user menu is possible. Possible configurations of various protective functions, personalised for every single communication channel, are being prepared.

  • Page 43: Phone: 800.894.0412 - Fax: 888.723.4773 - Web: Www.clrwtr.com - Email: Info@Clrwtr.com

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual Introduction: Parameterising the controller Device access protection Activating password protection Password protection is activated by setting a password.  How to set a password: 1. Enter the desired password in C00505/3. • The password can have a maximum length of 16 characters.

  • Page 44: Device Personalisation

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual Introduction: Parameterising the controller Device access protection 2.4.2 Device personalisation The device personalisation serves to connect the controller to the memory module by means of a binding ID. If the device personalisation is active, write/read actions between the controller and the memory module are only executed if both components have identical binding IDs.

  • Page 45: Phone: 800.894.0412 - Fax: 888.723.4773 - Web: Www.clrwtr.com - Email: Info@Clrwtr.com

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual Introduction: Parameterising the controller Device access protection Short overview of the relevant parameters for device personalisation: Parameter Info Lenze setting C00505/2 Binding ID • The binding ID can have a maximum length of 16 characters.

  • Page 46: Unlocking The Controller With A Masterpin

    Lenze setting! • Customised parameterisation will be permanently lost and must be recreated! • The reset to the Lenze setting may lead to unexpected level changes at the I/O terminals (e.g. brake control)! ...

  • Page 47: Commissioning

    "SW" line and can be determined by reading out code C00099. • Restore delivery status: Set code C00002/1 to "1: On / start" to reset all parameter settings of the device to the Lenze setting. This leaves you with a defined device configuration. Load Lenze setting ( 79) ...

  • Page 48: Safety Instructions With Regard To Commissioning

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual Commissioning Safety instructions with regard to commissioning Safety instructions with regard to commissioning General safety instructions To avoid injury to persons or damage to material assets,  check before connecting the mains voltage – the wiring for completeness, short circuit, and earth fault –...

  • Page 49: Notes On Motor Control

    Commissioning Notes on motor control Notes on motor control In the Lenze setting, the V/f characteristic control (VFCplus) as motor control is set in C00006 with a linear characteristic.  V/f characteristic control (VFCplus) is a motor control mode for classic frequency inverter applications on the basis of a simple and robust control procedure for the operation of machines with a linear or quadratic load torque characteristic (e.g.

  • Page 50: Preconditions For Commissioning With The »Engineer

    How to obtain/update the L-force »Engineer« software: Download from the Internet: The full version of the »Engineer StateLevel« is provided free of charge. Current software can be found on the Internet in the "Services & Downloads" area under Lenze website. • Requesting the CD You can also request the L-force »Engineer«...

  • Page 51: Trouble-Shooting During Commissioning

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual Commissioning Trouble-shooting during commissioning Trouble-shooting during commissioning With the »Engineer« trouble during commissioning can be detected and eliminated conveniently. Proceed as follows:  Check whether error messages are displayed in the »Engineer«. – On the Diagnostics tab, relevant actual states of the controller and pending error messages are displayed in a well-arranged visualisation.

  • Page 52: 8400 Commissioning Wizard

    This function extension is supported by the »Engineer« from version 2.15 onwards! The 8400 commissioning wizard provides for a guided commissioning of the controller based on the Lenze setting of the parameters. Then, the parameter settings made can be stored save against mains failure in the controller.

  • Page 53: Prepare Controller For Commissioning

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual Commissioning Commissioning of the "Actuating drive speed" technology application Commissioning of the "Actuating drive speed" technology application  Note! Take all the necessary safety precautions before you carry out the following commissioning steps and switch the device on! Safety instructions with regard to commissioning (...

  • Page 54: Saving Parameter Settings Safe Against Mains Failure

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual Commissioning Commissioning of the "Actuating drive speed" technology application Saving parameter settings safe against mains failure ( 59) Enable controller and test application ( 59) 3.6.1 Prepare controller for commissioning 1. Power connection wiring –...

  • Page 55: Creating An "Engineer« Project And Going Online

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual Commissioning Commissioning of the "Actuating drive speed" technology application 3.6.2 Creating an »Engineer« project and going online  You can find detailed information on the general use of the »Engineer« in the online help which you can call with [F1].

  • Page 56: Parameterising The Motor Control

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual Commissioning Commissioning of the "Actuating drive speed" technology application 3.6.3 Parameterising the motor control 1. Go to Workspace and change to the Application parameters tab. – The motor control parameters, among other things, can be found on the left: 2.

  • Page 57: Parameterising The Application

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual Commissioning Commissioning of the "Actuating drive speed" technology application 3.6.4 Parameterising the application The application parameters can be found on the right side of the Application parameter tab: 1. In the Control mode list field (C00007), select the control mode suitable for the wiring of the terminals.

  • Page 58: Phone: 800.894.0412 - Fax: 888.723.4773 - Web: Www.clrwtr.com - Email: Info@Clrwtr.com

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual Commissioning Commissioning of the "Actuating drive speed" technology application 4. Adapt the application parameters: Parameter Lenze setting Info Value Unit Accel. time - main setpoint 2.000 s The setpoint is led via a ramp function generator with linear characteristic.

  • Page 59: Saving Parameter Settings Safe Against Mains Failure

    • Scaling: 10 V ≡ 100 % ≡ reference speed (C00011) HIGH Fixed setpoint 1 (C00039/1) is used as setpoint speed. • Lenze setting: 40 % of the reference speed (C00011) HIGH Fixed setpoint 2 (C00039/2) is used as setpoint speed.

  • Page 60: Phone: 800.894.0412 - Fax: 888.723.4773 - Web: Www.clrwtr.com - Email: Info@Clrwtr.com

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual Commissioning Commissioning of the "Actuating drive speed" technology application  Note! Observe the actual speed value (display in C00051) as well as the LED status displays. ( 381)  Tip! Other control functions in the "Terminal 0" control mode: •...

  • Page 61: Commissioning Of The "Switch-Off Positioning" Technology Application

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual Commissioning Commissioning of the "Switch-off positioning" technology application Commissioning of the "Switch-off positioning" technology application  Note! Take all the necessary safety precautions before you carry out the following commissioning steps and switch the device on! Safety instructions with regard to commissioning (...

  • Page 62: Phone: 800.894.0412 - Fax: 888.723.4773 - Web: Www.clrwtr.com - Email: Info@Clrwtr.com

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual Commissioning Commissioning of the "Switch-off positioning" technology application Functional principle of a switch-off positioning without pre-switch off In case of the switch-off positioning without pre-switch off shown above, it makes sense to use the "Terminals...

  • Page 63: Prepare Controller For Commissioning

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual Commissioning Commissioning of the "Switch-off positioning" technology application 3.7.1 Prepare controller for commissioning 1. Power connection wiring – Refer to the mounting instructions supplied with the drive controller to find help on how to correctly design the power connections to match the requirements of your device.

  • Page 64: Creating An "Engineer« Project And Going Online

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual Commissioning Commissioning of the "Switch-off positioning" technology application 3.7.2 Creating an »Engineer« project and going online  You can find detailed information on the general use of the »Engineer« in the online help which you can call with [F1].

  • Page 65: Parameterising The Motor Control

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual Commissioning Commissioning of the "Switch-off positioning" technology application 3.7.3 Parameterising the motor control 1. Go to Workspace and change to the Application parameters tab. – The motor control parameters, among other things, can be found on the left: 2.

  • Page 66: Parameterising The Application

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual Commissioning Commissioning of the "Switch-off positioning" technology application 3.7.4 Parameterising the application The application parameters can be found on the right side of the Application parameter tab: 1. Select the "switch-off positioning" mode in the Application (C00005) list field.

  • Page 67: Phone: 800.894.0412 - Fax: 888.723.4773 - Web: Www.clrwtr.com - Email: Info@Clrwtr.com

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual Commissioning Commissioning of the "Switch-off positioning" technology application 3. Adapt the application parameters: Parameter Lenze setting Info Value Unit Accel. time - main setpoint 2.000 s The setpoint is led via a ramp function generator with linear characteristic.

  • Page 68: Saving Parameter Settings Safe Against Mains Failure

    If the controller is enabled and the "Inhibit at power-on" auto-start option is activated in C00142 (Lenze setting) when the mains is connected, the controller remains in the "ReadyToSwitchOn" state. To be able to change to the "SwitchedOn" status, the controller enable must be deactivated first: set terminal X4/RFR to LOW level.

  • Page 69: Pc Manual Control

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual Commissioning PC manual control PC manual control This function extension is available from version 06.00.00 and is supported by the »Engineer« from version 2.13! For test and demonstration purposes, PC manual control can be used to manually control various drive functions via the »Engineer«...

  • Page 70: Phone: 800.894.0412 - Fax: 888.723.4773 - Web: Www.clrwtr.com - Email: Info@Clrwtr.com

    The online connection between the PC and the controller is monitored by the controller. • If the online connection is interrupted for longer than the set timeout (Lenze setting: 2 s): – Error response "Fault" is triggered, i.e. the motor becomes torqueless and is coasting unless it already is at standstill.

  • Page 71: Phone: 800.894.0412 - Fax: 888.723.4773 - Web: Www.clrwtr.com - Email: Info@Clrwtr.com

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual Commissioning PC manual control 4. To acknowledge the note and activate PC manual control: Click the Activate PC manual control button. • The controller is inhibited via device command (C00002/16). • The PC manual control operator dialog is displayed.

  • Page 72: Speed Control

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual Commissioning PC manual control 3.8.2 Speed control Via the Speed control tab, simply make the drive rotate in the "Speed follower" operating mode without the need to set control parameters or feedback systems: ...

  • Page 73: Phone: 800.894.0412 - Fax: 888.723.4773 - Web: Www.clrwtr.com - Email: Info@Clrwtr.com

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual Commissioning PC manual control Further functions:  If the Set quick stop (QSP) button is clicked, the motor is braked to a standstill within the deceleration time parameterised in C00105. – Via the Deactivate quick stop (QSP) button, the quick stop can be deactivated.

  • Page 74: Device Control (Dctrl)

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual Device control (DCTRL) Device control (DCTRL) This chapter provides information on internal device control as well as the device commands which can be executed via the subcodes of C00002.  The device control causes the controller to take defined device statuses.

  • Page 75: Phone: 800.894.0412 - Fax: 888.723.4773 - Web: Www.clrwtr.com - Email: Info@Clrwtr.com

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual Device control (DCTRL)  How to get to the parameterisation dialog of the device control: 1. »Engineer« Go to the Project view and select the 8400 StateLine controller. 2. Go to Workspace and change to the Application parameters tab.

  • Page 76: Device Commands (C00002/X)

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual Device control (DCTRL) Device commands (C00002/x) Device commands (C00002/x) This chapter describes the device commands which are provided in the subcodes of C00002 and can be carried out using the keypad or, alternatively, the »Engineer« when an online connection has been established.

  • Page 77: Phone: 800.894.0412 - Fax: 888.723.4773 - Web: Www.clrwtr.com - Email: Info@Clrwtr.com

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual Device control (DCTRL) Device commands (C00002/x) Activate device command When an online connection has been established, simply use the »Engineer« to activate a device command by selecting the corresponding option from the Parameters tab in C00002/x ("0: off"...

  • Page 78: Load Lenze Setting

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual Device control (DCTRL) Device commands (C00002/x) Short overview of device commands Device commands described in this chapter: C00002 Device command Controller Status information inhibit Subcode: required Load Lenze setting dynamic Load all parameter sets...
  • Page 79 4.1.1 Load Lenze setting C00002/1 = "1: On / start" device command resets the parameters to the Lenze setting which are saved in the controller firmware.  Can only be executed if the controller is inhibited; otherwise, the feedback C00002/1 = "6: No access - controller inhibit"...

  • Page 80: Load All Parameter Sets

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual Device control (DCTRL) Device commands (C00002/x) 4.1.2 Load all parameter sets C00002/6 = "1: On / start" device command reloads all parameter settings from the memory module to the controller.  Can only be executed if the controller is inhibited; otherwise, the feedback C00002/6 = "6: No access - controller inhibit"...

  • Page 81: Save All Parameter Sets

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual Device control (DCTRL) Device commands (C00002/x) 4.1.3 Save all parameter sets If parameter settings are changed in the controller, those changes will be lost after mains switching of the controller unless the settings have been saved explicitly.

  • Page 82: Enable/Inhibit Controller

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual Device control (DCTRL) Device commands (C00002/x) 4.1.4 Enable/Inhibit controller C00002/16 = "1: On / start" device command enables the controller, provided that no other source of a controller inhibit is active. C00002/16 = "0: Off / ready" device command inhibits the controller again, i.e. the power output stages in the controller are inhibited and the speed/current controllers of the motor control are reset.

  • Page 83: Activate/Deactivate Quick Stop

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual Device control (DCTRL) Device commands (C00002/x) 4.1.5 Activate/Deactivate quick stop C00002/17 = "1: On / start" device command activates the quick stop function, i.e. the motor control is separated from the setpoint selection, and within the deceleration time...

  • Page 84: Reset Error

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual Device control (DCTRL) Device commands (C00002/x) 4.1.6 Reset error C00002/19 = "1: On / start" device command acknowledges an existing error message if the error cause has been eliminated and thus the error is not pending anymore.

  • Page 85: Device Search Function

     The setting C00002/27 = "0: Off / ready" serves to abort or switch off the function.  Adjustable time period: 0 ... 6000 s (Lenze setting: 5 s)  Tip! The device search function can also be activated via the toolbar icon.

  • Page 86: Device State Machine And Device Statuses

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual Device control (DCTRL) Device state machine and device statuses Device state machine and device statuses The behaviour of the controller is mainly determined by the current device status within the device state machine. Which device status is active and device status is next depends on certain control signals (e.g.

  • Page 87: Firmwareupdate

    Device states, priorities, and meaning of the status bits in the status word 4.2.1 FirmwareUpdate  Note! This function may only be executed by qualified Lenze personnel! Firmware ≤ 11.00 - DMS 8.0 EN - 10/2011 Phone: 800.894.0412 - Fax: 888.723.4773 - Web: www.clrwtr.com - Email: info@clrwtr.com...

  • Page 88: Init

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual Device control (DCTRL) Device state machine and device statuses 4.2.2 Init LED DRIVE READY LED DRIVE ERROR Display in C00137 Display in status word 1 (C00150) Bit 11 Bit 10 Bit 9 Bit 8 Init The controller is in this status immediately after switching on its 24 V supply voltage.

  • Page 89: Motorident

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual Device control (DCTRL) Device state machine and device statuses 4.2.3 MotorIdent LED DRIVE READY LED DRIVE ERROR Display in C00137 Display in status word 1 (C00150) Bit 11 Bit 10 Bit 9 Bit 8 MotorIdent The controller has been provided with the "Motor parameter identification"...

  • Page 90: Safetorqueoff

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual Device control (DCTRL) Device state machine and device statuses 4.2.4 SafeTorqueOff LED DRIVE READY LED DRIVE ERROR Display in C00137 Display in status word 1 (C00150) Bit 11 Bit 10 Bit 9 Bit 8 SafeTorqueOff ...

  • Page 91: Readytoswitchon

    "Trouble", "Fault" or "SafeTorqueOff". • If C00142 activates the autostart option "Inhibit at power-on" (Lenze setting), explicit deactivation of the controller inhibit after mains connection is always required for the controller to change from the "ReadyToSwitchOn" status to the "SwitchedOn" status.

  • Page 92: Switchedon

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual Device control (DCTRL) Device state machine and device statuses 4.2.6 SwitchedOn LED DRIVE READY LED DRIVE ERROR Display in C00137 Display in status word 1 (C00150) Bit 11 Bit 10 Bit 9 Bit 8...

  • Page 93: Operationenabled

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual Device control (DCTRL) Device state machine and device statuses 4.2.7 OperationEnabled LED DRIVE READY LED DRIVE ERROR Display in C00137 Display in status word 1 (C00150) Bit 11 Bit 10 Bit 9 Bit 8...
  • Page 94 8400 StateLine C | Reference manual Device control (DCTRL) Device state machine and device statuses 4.2.9 TroubleQSP LED DRIVE READY LED DRIVE ERROR Display in C00137 Display in status word 1 (C00150) Bit 11 Bit 10 Bit 9 Bit 8...
  • Page 95 8400 StateLine C | Reference manual Device control (DCTRL) Device state machine and device statuses 4.2.10 Trouble LED DRIVE READY LED DRIVE ERROR Display in C00137 Display in status word 1 (C00150) Bit 11 Bit 10 Bit 9 Bit 8...

  • Page 96: Fault

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual Device control (DCTRL) Device state machine and device statuses 4.2.11 Fault LED DRIVE READY LED DRIVE ERROR Display in C00137 Display in status word 1 (C00150) Bit 11 Bit 10 Bit 9 Bit 8...

  • Page 97: Automatic Restart After Mains Connection/Fault

    Automatic restart after mains connection/fault../Error/undervoltage/loading of the Lenze setting In C00142, the starting performance of the controller after mains connection, undervoltage, loading of the Lenze setting as well as a "Trouble" or a "Fault" reset can be parameterised individually: Auto-start option (C00142)

  • Page 98: Phone: 800.894.0412 - Fax: 888.723.4773 - Web: Www.clrwtr.com - Email: Info@Clrwtr.com

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual Device control (DCTRL) Automatic restart after mains connection/fault... Case 1: No controller enable at mains connection If the controller is not enabled at mains connection, the controller remains in the "SwitchedOn" status. Only with the controller enable, the status changes to the "OperationEnabled"...

  • Page 99: Auto-Start Option "Inhibit At Lenze Setting

    = time required for loading the Lenze setting load [4-2] Example 1: Behaviour with activated auto-start option "Inhibit at Lenze setting" (C00142: Bit 4 = "1") Loading of the Lenze setting not possible since controller inhibit not set. Controller inhibit via signal change by the user...

  • Page 100: Internal Interfaces | "Ls_Driveinterface" System Block

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual Device control (DCTRL) Internal interfaces | "LS_DriveInterface" system block Internal interfaces | "LS_DriveInterface" system block The LS_DriveInterface system block displays the device control in the FB Editor. Firmware ≤ 11.00 - DMS 8.0 EN - 10/2011...

  • Page 101: Phone: 800.894.0412 - Fax: 888.723.4773 - Web: Www.clrwtr.com - Email: Info@Clrwtr.com

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual Device control (DCTRL) Internal interfaces | "LS_DriveInterface" system block Inputs Identifier Information/possible settings DIS code | data type wCANControl Control word via system bus (CAN) • The controller controlled by a master control (e.g. IPC) receives its control word by...

  • Page 102: Phone: 800.894.0412 - Fax: 888.723.4773 - Web: Www.clrwtr.com - Email: Info@Clrwtr.com

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual Device control (DCTRL) Internal interfaces | "LS_DriveInterface" system block Identifier Value/meaning DIS code | data type bInit TRUE "Init" device status is active BOOL bSafeTorqueOff TRUE "SafeTorqueOff" device status is active BOOL bReady TRUE "SwitchedOn" device status is active...

  • Page 103: Wcancontrol/Wmcicontrol Control Words

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual Device control (DCTRL) Internal interfaces | "LS_DriveInterface" system block 4.4.1 wCANControl/wMCIControl control words The controller is controlled by a master control (e.g. IPC) via the wCanControl or wMCIControl control word, respectively.  wCANControl: Control word via system bus (CAN) –...

  • Page 104: Wdevicestatusword Status Word

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual Device control (DCTRL) Internal interfaces | "LS_DriveInterface" system block Name Function Bit 14 SetFail 1 ≡ Set error (trip set) Bit 15 LenzeSpecific_4 Assignment depends on the selected technology application • See description of the corresponding technology application.

  • Page 105: Phone: 800.894.0412 - Fax: 888.723.4773 - Web: Www.clrwtr.com - Email: Info@Clrwtr.com

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual Device control (DCTRL) Internal interfaces | "LS_DriveInterface" system block Name Status Bit 14 FreeStatusBit14 Free status bit 14 (not assigned, freely assignable) Bit 15 FreeStatusBit15 Free status bit 15 (not assigned, freely assignable) Firmware ≤ 11.00 - DMS 8.0 EN - 10/2011...

  • Page 106: Motor Control (Mctrl)

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual Motor control (MCTRL) Motor control (MCTRL) This chapter provides information on the parameter setting of the controller's internal motor control. Topics: Basic settings: Motor selection/Motor data Selecting the control mode Defining current and speed limits...

  • Page 107: Motor Selection/Motor Data

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual Motor control (MCTRL) Motor selection/Motor data Motor selection/Motor data The motor data term comprises all parameters that only depend on the motor and that only characterise the electrical behaviour of the machine. The motor data are independent of the application in which the controller and the motor are used.

  • Page 108: Phone: 800.894.0412 - Fax: 888.723.4773 - Web: Www.clrwtr.com - Email: Info@Clrwtr.com

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual Motor control (MCTRL) Motor selection/Motor data  Note! Sensorless vector control (SLVC) and sensorless control for synchronous motors (SLPSM) in particular requires the motor data parameters to be set. The motor data comprise the data of the motor nameplate and the data of the motor equivalent circuit.

  • Page 109: Phone: 800.894.0412 - Fax: 888.723.4773 - Web: Www.clrwtr.com - Email: Info@Clrwtr.com

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual Motor control (MCTRL) Motor selection/Motor data Adapting motor data manually If a third party manufacturer's motor is used, the displayed motor data can exactly be adapted to the real motor by clicking the From project... button and selecting the "Own motor settings"...

  • Page 110: Selecting A Motor From The Motor Catalogue In The "Engineer

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual Motor control (MCTRL) Motor selection/Motor data Parameter Info C00070 SLVC: Vp speed controller C00071 SLVC: Ti speed controller C00075 Vp current controller C00076 Ti current controller C00273 Moment of inertia 5.1.1 Selecting a motor from the motor catalogue in the »Engineer«...

  • Page 111: Phone: 800.894.0412 - Fax: 888.723.4773 - Web: Www.clrwtr.com - Email: Info@Clrwtr.com

     Tip! If a third party manufacturer's motor is used, select a Lenze motor from the motor catalogue first which is similar in terms of current, voltage and speed rating. Adapt the preselected motor data exactly to the real motor afterwards.

  • Page 112: Automatic Motor Data Identification

    – Duration approx. 80 s  Tip! In the Lenze setting, a setting of "0: automatic" is selected in C02867/1. This setting ensures that the controller automatically selects the optimum procedure for motor parameter identification. Firmware ≤ 11.00 - DMS 8.0 EN - 10/2011...

  • Page 113: Phone: 800.894.0412 - Fax: 888.723.4773 - Web: Www.clrwtr.com - Email: Info@Clrwtr.com

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual Motor control (MCTRL) Motor selection/Motor data  Danger! During motor parameter identification, the motor is energised via the outputs U, V and W of the controller! Observe the corresponding safety instructions!  Stop! • If motor parameter identification is aborted, unstable drive behaviour may be the result! •...

  • Page 114: Phone: 800.894.0412 - Fax: 888.723.4773 - Web: Www.clrwtr.com - Email: Info@Clrwtr.com

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual Motor control (MCTRL) Motor selection/Motor data Preconditions The motor parameters listed in the table below are excluded from automatic identification and must therefore be adapted to the used motor before motor parameter identification is carried out (see motor nameplate).

  • Page 115: Phone: 800.894.0412 - Fax: 888.723.4773 - Web: Www.clrwtr.com - Email: Info@Clrwtr.com

    7.00 V/A C00076 Ti current controller 10.61 ms In the Lenze setting, the current controller is preset in such a way that an optimum controller behaviour is obtained for an asynchronous motor with power adaptation to the controller.  Note! The motor parameter identification can be aborted in the following cases: •...

  • Page 116: Phone: 800.894.0412 - Fax: 888.723.4773 - Web: Www.clrwtr.com - Email: Info@Clrwtr.com

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual Motor control (MCTRL) Motor selection/Motor data  How to carry out automatic motor parameter identification: 1. Inhibit the controller if it is enabled, e.g. via the C00002/16 device command or a LOW signal at the X4/RFR terminal.

  • Page 117: Selecting The Control Mode

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual Motor control (MCTRL) Selecting the control mode Selecting the control mode The 8400 StateLine controller supports various modes for motor control (open loop or closed loop).  V/f characteristic control (VFCplus) with linear characteristic for asynchronous motors is preset.

  • Page 118: Phone: 800.894.0412 - Fax: 888.723.4773 - Web: Www.clrwtr.com - Email: Info@Clrwtr.com

    (C00016) and slip compensation (C00021) required for optimising the drive behaviour are dimensioned for asynchronous motors with power adaptations to the inverter in the Lenze setting. The required motor data (motor rotor resistance, motor stator resistance, motor stator leakage inductance and mutual motor inductance) only affect the extent of energy optimisation but not the stability.

  • Page 119: Phone: 800.894.0412 - Fax: 888.723.4773 - Web: Www.clrwtr.com - Email: Info@Clrwtr.com

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual Motor control (MCTRL) Selecting the control mode Sensorless vector control (SLVC) Sensorless (field-oriented) vector control for asynchronous motors is based on a decoupled, separate control for the torque-producing and the field-producing current component. In addition, the actual speed is reconstructed by means of a motor model so that a speed sensor is not required.

  • Page 120: Phone: 800.894.0412 - Fax: 888.723.4773 - Web: Www.clrwtr.com - Email: Info@Clrwtr.com

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual Motor control (MCTRL) Selecting the control mode Speed feedback As shown in the following graphics, the drive systems with feedback have, independently of the motor control, more advantages than systems without feedback. V/f characteristic control (VFCplus)
  • Page 121 8400 StateLine C | Reference manual Motor control (MCTRL) Selecting the control mode 5.2.1 Selection help To ease the selection of the motor control mode, the two following tables contain recommendations and alternatives to standard applications. Application recommended Alternatively Single drives...

  • Page 122: Defining Current And Speed Limits

    For reasons of achievable resolution and the accuracy involved, the reference speed should be geared to the speed range required for the respective application. Lenze recommendation: Reference speed (C00011) = 1500 ... 3000 rpm Irrespective of the selected motor control, there are more limitation options:...

  • Page 123: Phone: 800.894.0412 - Fax: 888.723.4773 - Web: Www.clrwtr.com - Email: Info@Clrwtr.com

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual Motor control (MCTRL) Defining current and speed limits Current limitation in motor and generator mode In the various motor control modes, the controller is provided with functions which determine the dynamic behaviour under load and counteract exceedance of the maximum current in motor or generator mode.

  • Page 124: V/F Characteristic Control

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual Motor control (MCTRL) Defining current and speed limits  How to adapt the peak current limitation: V/f characteristic control (VFCplus): • Reduce the slip compensation with C00021. V/f control (VFCplus + encoder): • Reduce the slip limitation to twice the rated motor slip with C00971.
  • Page 125 8400 StateLine C | Reference manual Motor control (MCTRL) V/f characteristic control (VFCplus) V/f characteristic control (VFCplus) In case of the V/f characteristic control (VFCplus), the motor voltage of the inverter is determined by means of a linear or quadratic characteristic depending on the field frequency or motor speed to be generated.

  • Page 126: Parameterisation Dialog/Signal Flow

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual Motor control (MCTRL) V/f characteristic control (VFCplus) 5.4.1 Parameterisation dialog/signal flow  Proceed as follows to open the dialog for parameterising the motor control: 1. »Engineer« Go to the Project view and select the 8400 StateLine controller.

  • Page 127: Phone: 800.894.0412 - Fax: 888.723.4773 - Web: Www.clrwtr.com - Email: Info@Clrwtr.com

    Parameter Info Parameter Info Parameter Info C00056/2 Actual torque value C00021 Slip compensation C00056/2 Actual torque value C00830/29 Limitation of torque in motor mode C00051 Actual speed value C00058 Output frequency C00830/28 Limitation of torque in generator mode C00050 Speed setpoint C00006 Motor control C00054...

  • Page 128: Basic Settings

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual Motor control (MCTRL) V/f characteristic control (VFCplus) 5.4.2 Basic settings The "Initial commissioning steps" listed in the table below are sufficient for a simple characteristic control.  Detailed information on the individual steps can be found in the following subchapters.

  • Page 129: Defining The V/F Characteristic Shape

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual Motor control (MCTRL) V/f characteristic control (VFCplus) 5.4.2.1 Defining the V/f characteristic shape In principle, four different characteristic shapes can be stipulated: 1. Linear V/f characteristic: For drives for a constant, speed-independent load torque.

  • Page 130: Defining Current Limits (Imax Controller)

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual Motor control (MCTRL) V/f characteristic control (VFCplus) 5.4.2.2 Defining current limits (Imax controller) The V/f characteristic control (VFCplus) and the V/f control (VFCplus + encoder) operating modes are provided with a current limitation control which is decisive for the dynamic behaviour under load and counteracts exceedance of the maximum current in motor or generator mode.

  • Page 131: Optimising The Control Mode

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual Motor control (MCTRL) V/f characteristic control (VFCplus) 5.4.3 Optimising the control mode The V/f characteristic control (VFCplus) is generally ready for operation. It can be adapted subsequently by adapting the characteristic and/or the drive behaviour.
  • Page 132 8400 StateLine C | Reference manual Motor control (MCTRL) V/f characteristic control (VFCplus) 5.4.3.1 Adapting the V/f base frequency The V/f base frequency (C00015) determines the slope of the V/f characteristic and has considerable influence on the current, torque, and power performance of the motor.

  • Page 133: Phone: 800.894.0412 - Fax: 888.723.4773 - Web: Www.clrwtr.com - Email: Info@Clrwtr.com

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual Motor control (MCTRL) V/f characteristic control (VFCplus)  Note! 87-Hz operation 4-pole asynchronous motors which are designed for a rated frequency of f = 50 Hz in star connection can be operated in delta connection when being constantly excited up to f = 87 Hz.

  • Page 134: Adapting The Vmin Boost

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual Motor control (MCTRL) V/f characteristic control (VFCplus) 5.4.3.2 Adapting the Vmin boost The V boost (C00016) of the motor voltage serves to select a load independent magnetising current which is required for asynchronous motors. The torque behaviour of the motor can be optimised by adapting the setting in C00016.

  • Page 135: Phone: 800.894.0412 - Fax: 888.723.4773 - Web: Www.clrwtr.com - Email: Info@Clrwtr.com

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual Motor control (MCTRL) V/f characteristic control (VFCplus)  Note! boost is automatically calculated by the motor parameter identification using the data specified on the motor nameplate so that a no-load current of approx. 0.8 I results at the slip frequency of the machine.
  • Page 136 8400 StateLine C | Reference manual Motor control (MCTRL) V/f characteristic control (VFCplus) 5.4.3.3 Optimising the Imax controller Using the Lenze setting of the current limitation controller, the drive is stable: Parameter Info Lenze setting Value Unit C00073/1 VFC: Vp Imax controller 0.25...

  • Page 137: Optimising The Stalling Behaviour

    – The risk of motor stalling is reduced.  Note! We recommend to keep the Lenze setting (0 Hz). Firmware ≤ 11.00 - DMS 8.0 EN - 10/2011 Phone: 800.894.0412 - Fax: 888.723.4773 - Web: www.clrwtr.com - Email: info@clrwtr.com...

  • Page 138: Torque Limitation

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual Motor control (MCTRL) V/f characteristic control (VFCplus) 5.4.3.5 Torque limitation The previous chapter, "Optimising the Imax controller", describes how the drive can be protected from overload. During commissioning, these settings are carried out once and remain unchanged afterwards.

  • Page 139: Phone: 800.894.0412 - Fax: 888.723.4773 - Web: Www.clrwtr.com - Email: Info@Clrwtr.com

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual Motor control (MCTRL) V/f characteristic control (VFCplus) V/f characteristic control (VFC) The accuracy of the torque limitation is limited because the actual torque (C00056/2) is only calculated from the slip speed measured indirectly via the motor current.

  • Page 140: Defining A User-Defined V/F Characteristic

    – Above the maximum and below the minimum frequency, the previous rise is continued until the maximum output voltage.  In the Lenze setting, the 11 grid points represent a linear characteristic. – 3-phase devices: Output voltage 400 V at f = 50 Hz –...

  • Page 141: Phone: 800.894.0412 - Fax: 888.723.4773 - Web: Www.clrwtr.com - Email: Info@Clrwtr.com

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual Motor control (MCTRL) V/f characteristic control (VFCplus)  Tip! Cases of application for this function: • Operation of reluctance motors or synchronous motors during controlled acceleration (reduction of natural frequencies caused by wrong excitation).

  • Page 142: Phone: 800.894.0412 - Fax: 888.723.4773 - Web: Www.clrwtr.com - Email: Info@Clrwtr.com

    Parameter Info Parameter Info Parameter Info C00056/2 Actual torque value C00021 Slip compensation C00967/x Frequency interpol. points C00830/29 Limitation of torque in motor mode C00051 Actual speed value C00968/x Voltage interpol. points C00830/28 Limitation of torque in generator mode C00050 Speed setpoint C00056/2 Actual torque value...

  • Page 143: Remedies For Undesired Drive Behaviour

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual Motor control (MCTRL) V/f characteristic control (VFCplus) 5.4.4 Remedies for undesired drive behaviour Drive behaviour Remedy Inadequate smooth running at low speeds, especially in Automatic motor data identification ( 112) the case of operation with a long motor cable Problems in case of high starting duty (great mass Adapting the Vmin boost (...

  • Page 144: V/F Characteristic Control - Energy-Saving (Vfcpluseco)

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual Motor control (MCTRL) V/f characteristic control - energy-saving (VFCplusEco) V/f characteristic control - energy-saving (VFCplusEco) This function extension is available from version 10.00.00! With the energy-saving V/f characteristic control mode (VFCplusEco), the motor voltage of the inverter is detected by means of a linear characteristic depending on the field frequency to be created or the motor speed.

  • Page 145: Parameterisation Dialog/Signal Flow

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual Motor control (MCTRL) V/f characteristic control - energy-saving (VFCplusEco)  Stop! • For adjustment, observe the thermal performance of the connected asynchronous motor at low output frequencies. – Usually, standard asynchronous motors with insulation class B can be operated for a short time with their rated current in the frequency range 0 Hz ...

  • Page 146: Phone: 800.894.0412 - Fax: 888.723.4773 - Web: Www.clrwtr.com - Email: Info@Clrwtr.com

    Parameter Info Parameter Info Parameter Info C00056/2 Actual torque value C00910/1 Max. pos. output frequency C00975 VFC-ECO: Vp C00830/4 Limitation of torque in motor mode C00910/2 Max. neg. output frequency C00976 VFC-ECO: Ti C00830/5 Limitation of torque in generator mode C00021 Slip compensation C00977...

  • Page 147: Comparison Of Vfcpluseco - Vfcplus

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual Motor control (MCTRL) V/f characteristic control - energy-saving (VFCplusEco) 5.5.2 Comparison of VFCplusEco - VFCplus The following characteristics show the impact of the energy-saving V/f characteristic control (VFCplusEco) compared to the standard V/f characteristic control (VFCplus).

  • Page 148: Basic Settings

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual Motor control (MCTRL) V/f characteristic control - energy-saving (VFCplusEco) 5.5.3 Basic settings The "Initial commissioning steps" listed in the table below are sufficient for the V/f characteristic control - energy-saving (VFCplusECo).  Detailed information on the individual steps can be found in the following subchapters.

  • Page 149: Adapting The Slope Limitation For Lowering The Eco Function

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual Motor control (MCTRL) V/f characteristic control - energy-saving (VFCplusEco) 5.5.4 Optimising the control mode The V/f characteristic control - energy-saving (VFCplus) is generally ready for operation. It can be adapted subsequently by adapting the characteristic and/or the drive behaviour.

  • Page 150: Improving The Behaviour At High Dynamic Load Changes

    An adaptation of the minimum voltage V/f (C00977) improves the stability in case of load impulses.  In the Lenze setting, the minimum voltage V/f is set to 20 % for the highest energy optimisation. This setting serves to respond to load torques if these amount to approx.
  • Page 151 (The dynamics when switching off the eco function is reduced) 5.5.4.3 Optimising the cos/phi controller With the Lenze setting, the cosϕ controller is set such that usually no adaptation is required for all power ratings and application cases. Behaviour Remedy/recommendation The cosϕ...

  • Page 152: Remedies For Undesired Drive Behaviour

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual Motor control (MCTRL) V/f characteristic control - energy-saving (VFCplusEco) 5.5.5 Remedies for undesired drive behaviour Drive behaviour Remedy Inadequate smooth running at low speeds, especially in Automatic motor data identification ( 112) the case of operation with a long motor cable Reduce the influence of the Eco function by increasing the minimum voltage V/f (C00977).

  • Page 153: Phone: 800.894.0412 - Fax: 888.723.4773 - Web: Www.clrwtr.com - Email: Info@Clrwtr.com

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual Motor control (MCTRL) V/f characteristic control - energy-saving (VFCplusEco) Drive behaviour Remedy Speed variations in no-load operation and with load for Minimise speed oscillations with increasing the speeds > rated speed. oscillation damping field weakening (C00236).

  • Page 154: V/F Control (Vfcplus + Encoder)

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual Motor control (MCTRL) V/f control (VFCplus + encoder) V/f control (VFCplus + encoder) The previously described V/f characteristic control (VFCplus) can be operated with a feedback of speed. This bears the following advantages:  Stationary accuracy of speed ...

  • Page 155: Phone: 800.894.0412 - Fax: 888.723.4773 - Web: Www.clrwtr.com - Email: Info@Clrwtr.com

    Parameter Info Parameter Info Parameter Info C00056/2 Actual torque value C00050 Speed setpoint C00058 Output frequency C00830/29 Limitation of torque in motor mode C00051 Actual speed value C00006 Motor control C00830/28 Limitation of torque in generator mode C00972 Vp Vf+encoder C00830/26 MCTRL: nBoost_a C00054...

  • Page 156: Basic Settings

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual Motor control (MCTRL) V/f control (VFCplus + encoder) 5.6.2 Basic settings In order to protect the drive system, carry out the commissioning of the V/f control and the slip regulator in several steps.  Detailed information on the single steps can be found in the following subchapters or in the corresponding subchapters for V/f characteristic control.

  • Page 157: Parameterising The Slip Regulator

     In contrast to the conventional speed controller, the slip regulator only regulates the slip.  In the Lenze setting, the slip regulator features a configuration with a goof robustness and moderate dynamics. Parameter...

  • Page 158: Phone: 800.894.0412 - Fax: 888.723.4773 - Web: Www.clrwtr.com - Email: Info@Clrwtr.com

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual Motor control (MCTRL) V/f control (VFCplus + encoder)  How to adapt the slip regulator gain to the operating conditions: 1. Adapt the slip regulator gain (C00972) to the encoder increment according to table [5-1].

  • Page 159: Phone: 800.894.0412 - Fax: 888.723.4773 - Web: Www.clrwtr.com - Email: Info@Clrwtr.com

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual Motor control (MCTRL) V/f control (VFCplus + encoder) Controller limitation Max. intervention of the controller is limited by the controller limitation (C00971/1).  The controller can be limited depending on the application.  We recommend to limit the max. intervention to twice the rated slip of the motor.

  • Page 160: Sensorless Vector Control (Slvc)

    • Operation of the sensorless vector control (SLVC) is not permissible for hoists! • The Lenze setting permits the operation of a power-adapted motor. Optimal operation is only possible if either: – the motor is selected via the Lenze motor catalogue –...

  • Page 161: Parameterisation Dialog/Signal Flow

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual Motor control (MCTRL) Sensorless vector control (SLVC) In comparison to the V/f characteristic control without feedback, the following can be achieved by means of sensorless vector control SLVC:  A higher maximum torque throughout the entire speed range ...

  • Page 162: Phone: 800.894.0412 - Fax: 888.723.4773 - Web: Www.clrwtr.com - Email: Info@Clrwtr.com

    Parameter Info Parameter Info Parameter Info C00909/2 Max. neg. speed C00275 Setpoint feedforward control filtering C00073/2 SLVC: Vp torque controller C00909/1 Max. pos. speed C00273 Moment of inertia C00074/2 SLVC: Ti torque controller C00830/22 Speed setpoint C00022 Imax in motor mode C00084 Motor stator resistance C00105...

  • Page 163: Types Of Control

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual Motor control (MCTRL) Sensorless vector control (SLVC) 5.7.2 Types of control The sensorless vector control can be operated in two different modes: Speed control with torque limitation (bTorquemodeOn = FALSE)  Torque control with speed limitation (bTorquemodeOn = TRUE) ...

  • Page 164: Torque Control With Speed Limitation

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual Motor control (MCTRL) Sensorless vector control (SLVC) 5.7.2.2 Torque control with speed limitation For torque-controlled operation, a torque setpoint is defined in the drive system. Unlike the Speed control with torque limitation, this type of control has a deactivated speed controller and torque limitation.

  • Page 165: Basic Settings

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual Motor control (MCTRL) Sensorless vector control (SLVC) 5.7.3 Basic settings The following "Initial commissioning steps" must be performed to commission the sensorless vector control: Initial commissioning steps 1. Determine the motor control: C00006 = "4: SLVC: Vector control"...

  • Page 166: Optimising The Control Mode

    During the starting action, a jerk may occur in the machine due to the temporarily increased motor current! 5.7.4.2 Optimise speed controller The speed controller is designed as a PI controller.  In the Lenze setting, the configuration of the speed controller provides robustness and moderate dynamics. Parameter Info Lenze setting...

  • Page 167: Phone: 800.894.0412 - Fax: 888.723.4773 - Web: Www.clrwtr.com - Email: Info@Clrwtr.com

    I component of the PI controller.  Tip! Value range recommended by Lenze for the setting of the reset time: Ti = 20 ms … 150 ms Firmware ≤ 11.00 - DMS 8.0 EN - 10/2011 Phone: 800.894.0412 - Fax: 888.723.4773 - Web: www.clrwtr.com - Email: info@clrwtr.com...

  • Page 168: Optimising Dynamic Performance And Field Weakening Behaviour

    5.7.4.3 Optimising dynamic performance and field weakening behaviour In the Lenze setting, the torque controller has been preset in such a way that robust and stable operation with a moderate dynamic response is enabled over the entire speed range. Retrospective optimisation of the controller parameters is not necessary.

  • Page 169: Optimising The Stalling Behaviour

    – The risk of motor stalling is reduced.  Note! We recommend to keep the Lenze setting (0 Hz). Firmware ≤ 11.00 - DMS 8.0 EN - 10/2011 Phone: 800.894.0412 - Fax: 888.723.4773 - Web: www.clrwtr.com - Email: info@clrwtr.com...

  • Page 170: Optimise Response To Setpoint Changes And Determine Mass Inertia

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual Motor control (MCTRL) Sensorless vector control (SLVC) The following applies to the reset time Ti (C00074/2) <= 15 ms: The reduction of the magnetising current in the field weakening range can be adapted via...

  • Page 171: Phone: 800.894.0412 - Fax: 888.723.4773 - Web: Www.clrwtr.com - Email: Info@Clrwtr.com

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual Motor control (MCTRL) Sensorless vector control (SLVC)  How to optimise the torque feedforward control: 1. Run a typical speed profile and record the inputs and outputs of the speed controller with the data logger.

  • Page 172: Slip Calculation From Motor Equivalent Circuit Diagram Data

    Setting Info Bit 0 SLVC In case of sensorless vector control: • "0" ≡ Slip calculation from motor nameplate data (Lenze setting) • "1" ≡ Slip calculation from motor equivalent circuit diagram data Bit 1 ... 7 Reserved  Note! In order that the slip can be calculated from the motor equivalent circuit diagram data, the equivalent circuit data (stator resistance, rotor resistance etc.)

  • Page 173: Remedies For Undesired Drive Behaviour

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual Motor control (MCTRL) Sensorless vector control (SLVC) 5.7.5 Remedies for undesired drive behaviour Drive behaviour Remedy Deviation between no-load current and magnetising Adapt the motor magnetising inductance (C00092) for current or bad speed or torque accuracy.

  • Page 174: Sensorless Control For Synchronous Motors (Slpsm)

    – From version 11.00.00, the rotor displacement angle is identified with every controller enable in the Lenze setting, and thus a jerk in the machine after controller enable can be avoided. Pole position identification without motion (...

  • Page 175: Phone: 800.894.0412 - Fax: 888.723.4773 - Web: Www.clrwtr.com - Email: Info@Clrwtr.com

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual Motor control (MCTRL) Sensorless control for synchronous motors (SLPSM)  Stop! • The injection of a constant current may cause an unwanted heating of the motor at controlled operation. – We recommend using a temperature feedback via PTC or thermal contact.

  • Page 176: Parameterisation Dialog/Signal Flow

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual Motor control (MCTRL) Sensorless control for synchronous motors (SLPSM) The sensorless control for synchronous motors has similar advantages for the closed-loop controlled operating range and the servo control (SC) for synchronous motors. Compared to asynchronous motors, there are the following advantages: ...

  • Page 177: Phone: 800.894.0412 - Fax: 888.723.4773 - Web: Www.clrwtr.com - Email: Info@Clrwtr.com

    Parameter Info Parameter Info Parameter Info C00830/22 Speed setpoint C00909/1 Max. pos. speed C00275 Setpoint feedforward control filtering C00833/67 MCTRL: bPosDerivativeOn C00909/2 Max. neg. speed C00273 Moment of inertia C00834/4 MCTRL: dnDeltaPos_p C00050 Speed setpoint C00830/29 Limitation of torque in motor mode C00834/5 MCTRL: dnPosSetValue_p C00105...

  • Page 178: Phone: 800.894.0412 - Fax: 888.723.4773 - Web: Www.clrwtr.com - Email: Info@Clrwtr.com

    Parameter Info Parameter Info Parameter Info C00830/27 MCTRL: nTorqueSetValue_a C00995/1 SLPSM: Open-loop controlled accelerating current C00075 Vp current controller C00830/29 Limitation of torque in motor mode C00995/2 SLPSM: Open-loop controlled standstill current C00076 Ti current controller C00830/28 Limitation of torque in generator mode C00996/1 SLPSM: Closed-loop controlled switching speed C00018...

  • Page 179: Types Of Control

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual Motor control (MCTRL) Sensorless control for synchronous motors (SLPSM) 5.8.2 Types of control Sensorless control for synchronous motors can only be executed in the "Speed control with torque limitation" (bTorquemodeOn = FALSE) mode. Speed control with torque limitation A speed setpoint is selected and the drive system is operated in a speed-controlled manner.

  • Page 180: Basic Settings

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual Motor control (MCTRL) Sensorless control for synchronous motors (SLPSM) 5.8.3 Basic settings The following "Initial commissioning steps" must be performed to commission the sensorless control for synchronous motors: Initial commissioning steps 1. Select motor control: C00006 = "3: SLPSM: Sensorless PSM"...

  • Page 181: Optimising The Control Mode

    Motor control (MCTRL) Sensorless control for synchronous motors (SLPSM)  Note! The Lenze settings of the current controller are predefined for a power-adapted motor. For an optimal drive behaviour of a synchronous motor, we recommend to adapt the controller settings. ...

  • Page 182: Optimise Current Controller

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual Motor control (MCTRL) Sensorless control for synchronous motors (SLPSM) 5.8.4.1 Optimise current controller  Note! An optimisation of the current controller should generally be carried out unless a power-adapted standard motor is used or the motor has been selected from the motor catalogue of the »Engineer«!

  • Page 183: Optimise Speed Controller

    For optimum behaviour, the PID speed controller has to be optimised and the overall mass inertia of the drive train has to be determined.  In the Lenze setting, the configuration of the speed controller provides robustness and moderate dynamics.

  • Page 184: Phone: 800.894.0412 - Fax: 888.723.4773 - Web: Www.clrwtr.com - Email: Info@Clrwtr.com

    4. Increase Ti (C00071/3) to approx. twice the value.  Tip! Value range recommended by Lenze for the setting of the reset time: Ti = 20 ms … 150 ms Firmware ≤ 11.00 - DMS 8.0 EN - 10/2011 Phone: 800.894.0412 - Fax: 888.723.4773 - Web: www.clrwtr.com - Email: info@clrwtr.com...

  • Page 185: Phone: 800.894.0412 - Fax: 888.723.4773 - Web: Www.clrwtr.com - Email: Info@Clrwtr.com

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual Motor control (MCTRL) Sensorless control for synchronous motors (SLPSM) Using the ramp response for setting the speed controller If the mechanical components cannot be operated at the stability limit, the ramp response can also be used for setting the speed controller.

  • Page 186: Phone: 800.894.0412 - Fax: 888.723.4773 - Web: Www.clrwtr.com - Email: Info@Clrwtr.com

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual Motor control (MCTRL) Sensorless control for synchronous motors (SLPSM)  How to optimise the speed controller setting by means of the ramp response: 1. Run a typical speed profile and record the ramp response of the speed using the data logger.

  • Page 187: Optimise Response To Setpoint Changes And Determine Mass Inertia

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual Motor control (MCTRL) Sensorless control for synchronous motors (SLPSM) 5.8.4.3 Optimise response to setpoint changes and determine mass inertia Setting the total moment of inertia under C00273 provides the optimum torque feedforward control. Depending on the application, an adjustment of the setting under...

  • Page 188: Phone: 800.894.0412 - Fax: 888.723.4773 - Web: Www.clrwtr.com - Email: Info@Clrwtr.com

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual Motor control (MCTRL) Sensorless control for synchronous motors (SLPSM)  How to optimise the torque feedforward control: 1. Run a typical speed profile and record the inputs and outputs of the speed controller with the data logger.

  • Page 189: Setting The Current Setpoint Filter (Band-Stop Filter)

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual Motor control (MCTRL) Sensorless control for synchronous motors (SLPSM) 5.8.4.4 Setting the current setpoint filter (band-stop filter) Due to the high dynamic performance/limit frequency of the closed current control loop, mechanical natural frequencies can be activated which may lead to an unstable speed control loop.

  • Page 190: Adapting The Max. Acceleration Change (Jerk Limitation)

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual Motor control (MCTRL) Sensorless control for synchronous motors (SLPSM) 5.8.4.5 Adapting the max. acceleration change (jerk limitation) Via the max. acceleration change that can be set in C00274, the change of the setpoint torque can be limited for jerk limitation.

  • Page 191: Pole Position Identification Without Motion

    10°. The identification takes 1 ... 15 ms, depending on the motor. The function is preset in the Lenze setting so that in the majority of cases no more settings have to be made. In order to obtain the same behaviour as before, the function can be deactivated in C02874.

  • Page 192: Phone: 800.894.0412 - Fax: 888.723.4773 - Web: Www.clrwtr.com - Email: Info@Clrwtr.com

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual Motor control (MCTRL) Sensorless control for synchronous motors (SLPSM) Optimising the pole position identification  Stop! In case of a too high setting in C02872, an impermissible motor current may occur during pole position identification. In this case, the "Fault" error response occurs and the "ID5: Pole position identification error"...

  • Page 193: Parameterisable Additional Functions

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual Motor control (MCTRL) Parameterisable additional functions Parameterisable additional functions 5.9.1 Selection of switching frequency The switching frequency of the inverter that can be selected in C00018 influences the smooth running performance and the noise generation in the connected motor as well as the power losses in the controller.

  • Page 194: Phone: 800.894.0412 - Fax: 888.723.4773 - Web: Www.clrwtr.com - Email: Info@Clrwtr.com

    "Overtemperature" error and a torquelessly coasting motor. Therefore, if the Lenze setting is selected, the switching frequency is reduced to the next frequency below when the heatsink temperature has risen to 5 °C below the maximally permissible temperature.

  • Page 195: Phone: 800.894.0412 - Fax: 888.723.4773 - Web: Www.clrwtr.com - Email: Info@Clrwtr.com

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual Motor control (MCTRL) Parameterisable additional functions Limiting the maximum output frequency The maximum output frequency (C00910) of the controller is not limited depending on the switching frequency. Therefore, adapt the maximum output frequency according to our...

  • Page 196: Operation With Increased Rated Power

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual Motor control (MCTRL) Parameterisable additional functions 5.9.2 Operation with increased rated power Under the operating conditions described here and under continuous operation, the controller can be operated with a higher power motor (increased rated power). The remaining overload capacity of the drive system (for 60 s/3 s) is reduced accordingly to approx.

  • Page 197: Phone: 800.894.0412 - Fax: 888.723.4773 - Web: Www.clrwtr.com - Email: Info@Clrwtr.com

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual Motor control (MCTRL) Parameterisable additional functions All other types of control require the following settings in addition: Parameter Info Required setting C00022 Imax in motor mode higher than rated motor current (max. 160 % rated motor current)

  • Page 198: Correction Of The Stator Leakage Inductance

    90 % 100 % [5-16] Saturation characteristic: Inductance referring to the inductance for rated current  When a Lenze motor is selected from the »Engineer« motor catalogue, the saturation characteristic will also be loaded and switched on if required.  The correction by means of this saturation characteristic can be switched on/off via C02859.

  • Page 199: Phone: 800.894.0412 - Fax: 888.723.4773 - Web: Www.clrwtr.com - Email: Info@Clrwtr.com

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual Motor control (MCTRL) Parameterisable additional functions  Note! The saturation characteristic is not only used for the correction of the current controller but also influences the current controller feedforward control (C00079/1). Short overview of the relevant parameters:...

  • Page 200: Flying Restart Function

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual Motor control (MCTRL) Parameterisable additional functions 5.9.4 Flying restart function The flying restart circuit for asynchronous motors uses a simple motor model which requires knowledge of the motor stator resistance RS and the rated motor current.

  • Page 201: Phone: 800.894.0412 - Fax: 888.723.4773 - Web: Www.clrwtr.com - Email: Info@Clrwtr.com

    • Every time the controller is enabled, a synchronisation to the rotating or standing drive is carried out. When the Lenze setting is used, most applications do not require additional controller settings. If additional settings are necessary, proceed as follows: 2.

  • Page 202: Phone: 800.894.0412 - Fax: 888.723.4773 - Web: Www.clrwtr.com - Email: Info@Clrwtr.com

    • We recommend not to change the Lenze setting of the integration time. • When special motor are used (e.g. multi-pole motors or ASM servo motors), a reduced integration time may improve the flying restart behaviour.

  • Page 203: Dc-Injection Braking

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual Motor control (MCTRL) Parameterisable additional functions 5.9.5 DC-injection braking  Danger! The DC-injection braking or auto DC-injection braking function cannot be used with sensorless control for synchronous motors (SLPSM). Holding braking is not possible when this braking mode is used! •...

  • Page 204: Manual Dc-Injection Braking (Dcb)

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual Motor control (MCTRL) Parameterisable additional functions 5.9.5.1 Manual DC-injection braking (DCB) DC-injection braking can be activated manually for the two technology applications "Actuating drive speed" and "Switch-off positioning" by connecting the bSetDCBrake input of the LA_NCtrl or LA_SwitchPos application block to a digital signal source (e.g. via the digital signal source bCtrl1_B3 of the port block LP_CANIn1).

  • Page 205: Phone: 800.894.0412 - Fax: 888.723.4773 - Web: Www.clrwtr.com - Email: Info@Clrwtr.com

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual Motor control (MCTRL) Parameterisable additional functions C. When the controller is enabled, the motor (still) rotates at a speed which is above the auto DCB threshold. If the speed setpoint reached via the acceleration ramp exceeds...

  • Page 206: Phone: 800.894.0412 - Fax: 888.723.4773 - Web: Www.clrwtr.com - Email: Info@Clrwtr.com

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual Motor control (MCTRL) Parameterisable additional functions Explanation of the automatic DC-injection braking function by means of two examples motor rotates  ‚ ƒ specified speed. The current adjusts itself to the load, see .

  • Page 207: Slip Compensation

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual Motor control (MCTRL) Parameterisable additional functions 5.9.6 Slip compensation  Note! Slip compensation is only active with the following motor control modes: • V/f characteristic control (VFCplus) ( 125) • Sensorless vector control (SLVC) (...

  • Page 208: Phone: 800.894.0412 - Fax: 888.723.4773 - Web: Www.clrwtr.com - Email: Info@Clrwtr.com

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual Motor control (MCTRL) Parameterisable additional functions  Tip! The following guide value applies to a correctly set slip compensation: ≤ • Deviation from the rated motor speed 1% for the speed range of 10 % ... 100 % ≤...

  • Page 209: Oscillation Damping

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual Motor control (MCTRL) Parameterisable additional functions 5.9.7 Oscillation damping Mechanical oscillations are undesirable effects in every process and they may have an adverse effect on the single system components and/or the production output. Mechanical oscillations in the form of speed oscillations are suppressed by the oscillation damping function.

  • Page 210: Oscillation Damping Voltage Range

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual Motor control (MCTRL) Parameterisable additional functions 5.9.7.1 Oscillation damping voltage range The oscillation damping voltage range is successfully used with  unloaded motors (no-load oscillations)  motors whose rated power deviates from the rated power of the controller.

  • Page 211: Oscillation Damping In The Field Weakening Range

    Thus, an adaptation of C00236 is not required in the majority of cases.  Maximum output voltage to be reached with Lenze setting of C00236: – Single-phase devices: 98.2 % – Three-phase devices: 99.7 % ...

  • Page 212: Phase Sequence Reversal For Correcting Misconnected Uvw Motor Phases

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual Motor control (MCTRL) Parameterisable additional functions 5.9.8 Phase sequence reversal for correcting misconnected UVW motor phases This function extension is only available from version 04.00.00! If the motor phases are misconnected at the inverter output (e.g. phase u takes the place of phase v), the motor will rotate in the wrong direction.

  • Page 213: Field Weakening For Synchronous Motors

    Function only available for sensorless control for synchronous motors (SLPSM) (from version 10.00.00). In the Lenze setting, the field weakening for synchronous motors is set in C00079/4. • If a high energy efficiency is required, keep the field weakening switched off or restrict the field weakening operation via C00938.

  • Page 214: Phone: 800.894.0412 - Fax: 888.723.4773 - Web: Www.clrwtr.com - Email: Info@Clrwtr.com

    C00938 serves to limit the maximally effective field-producing motor current as well.  – In the Lenze setting, the field weakening for synchronous motors is active (C00079/4), but the field-producing motor current is limited via C00938 to 30 % of rated motor current (C00088).

  • Page 215: Phone: 800.894.0412 - Fax: 888.723.4773 - Web: Www.clrwtr.com - Email: Info@Clrwtr.com

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual Motor control (MCTRL) Parameterisable additional functions  In C000937/1, the actually used maximally effective field-producing motor current is displayed. – With switched-on and active field weakening: 0.00 A ... -x.xx A – With sensorless control for synchronous motors (SLPSM), the injected current is displayed in open-loop controlled operation: 0.00 A ...

  • Page 216: Phone: 800.894.0412 - Fax: 888.723.4773 - Web: Www.clrwtr.com - Email: Info@Clrwtr.com

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual Motor control (MCTRL) Parameterisable additional functions Example: Voltage increase in the DC bus when field weakening is switched off (For instance by an active setting of the controller inhibit or by tripping a fault or error at high motor speed.)

  • Page 217: Encoder/Feedback System

    Observe the maximum input frequencies of the digital inputs! – DI1/DI2: max. 10 kHz  Note! In the Lenze setting (e.g. when the device is delivered), the open-circuit monitoring of the encoder is activated. Encoder open-circuit monitoring ( 244) ...

  • Page 218: Phone: 800.894.0412 - Fax: 888.723.4773 - Web: Www.clrwtr.com - Email: Info@Clrwtr.com

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual Motor control (MCTRL) Encoder/feedback system 4. Go to the Overview  Motor data dialog level and click the Encoder/Feedback system... button. Parameterisation dialog in the »Engineer« Short overview of the relevant parameters: Parameter Info...

  • Page 219: Parameterising Digital Inputs As Encoder Inputs

    5.10.1 Parameterising digital inputs as encoder inputs The function of the digital inputs DI1/DI2 is defined in C00115/1. To be able to use the digital inputs as encoder inputs, select 2, 3 or 4 (Lenze recommendation: 2) in C00115/1 depending on the input terminals used.

  • Page 220: Encoder Evaluation Method

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual Motor control (MCTRL) Encoder/feedback system 5.10.2 Encoder evaluation method Depending on the encoder used, the following table specifies which evaluation method should be selected in C00496: Selection in C00496 Encoder evaluation method 1: Low-resolution encoder High-precision procedure for low-resolution encoders (<=128 increments)

  • Page 221: Encoder With Htl Level At Di1/Di2

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual Motor control (MCTRL) Encoder/feedback system 5.10.3 Encoder with HTL level at DI1/DI2  Note! At the digital terminals DI1 and DI2, only encoders with HTL level can be used. In spite of the selected operating mode without encoder feedback, the actual speed value (C00051) is calculated if an encoder is connected and "1: Encoder...

  • Page 222: Phone: 800.894.0412 - Fax: 888.723.4773 - Web: Www.clrwtr.com - Email: Info@Clrwtr.com

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual Motor control (MCTRL) Encoder/feedback system Low speeds with edge counting The minimum speed that can be measured and the quantisation error of speed measurement in the edge-counting procedure (C00496 = 3) depend on the scanning time...

  • Page 223: Braking Operation/Brake Energy Management

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual Motor control (MCTRL) Braking operation/brake energy management 5.11 Braking operation/brake energy management When electric motors are braked, the kinetic energy of the drive train is fed back into the DC circuit regeneratively. This energy leads to an increase in the DC bus voltage. In order to avoid overvoltage in the DC bus, several different strategies can be used: ...

  • Page 224: Phone: 800.894.0412 - Fax: 888.723.4773 - Web: Www.clrwtr.com - Email: Info@Clrwtr.com

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual Motor control (MCTRL) Braking operation/brake energy management  Tip! In C00175, a ramp function generator stop (FB L_NSet_1) can be set for instances when the brake resistor is controlled. This prevents overvoltage deactivation in the case of short deceleration times.

  • Page 225: Setting The Voltage Source For Braking Operation

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual Motor control (MCTRL) Braking operation/brake energy management Parameter Info Lenze setting Value Unit Brake resistor C00133 Brake resistor utilisation C00129 Brake resistance value 39.0 Ohm C00130 Rated brake resistor power 100 W C00131 Thermal capacity - brake resistor 10.0 kWs...

  • Page 226: Selecting The Response To An Increase Of The Dc-Bus Voltage

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual Motor control (MCTRL) Braking operation/brake energy management 5.11.2 Selecting the response to an increase of the DC-bus voltage If the brake chopper threshold resulting from C00173 C00174 is exceeded in the DC bus, the reaction selected in...

  • Page 227: Phone: 800.894.0412 - Fax: 888.723.4773 - Web: Www.clrwtr.com - Email: Info@Clrwtr.com

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual Motor control (MCTRL) Braking operation/brake energy management  Tip! Independent of the selected motor control, all procedures given in C00175 can be used. The actual speed value can optimally follow the speed setpoint when a brake resistor is used.

  • Page 228: Inverter Motor Brake

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual Motor control (MCTRL) Braking operation/brake energy management 5.11.2.1 Inverter motor brake This function extension is only available from version 04.00.00! With this braking method, which can be selected as an alternative in C00175, the...

  • Page 229: Phone: 800.894.0412 - Fax: 888.723.4773 - Web: Www.clrwtr.com - Email: Info@Clrwtr.com

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual Motor control (MCTRL) Braking operation/brake energy management Operating mode of the inverter motor brake The ramp function generator is stopped during acceleration. The speed set in C00987 added to the speed setpoint by means of a hysteresis-type 2-point DC bus voltage controller, whereby the sign of the current actual speed is taken into account.

  • Page 230: Phone: 800.894.0412 - Fax: 888.723.4773 - Web: Www.clrwtr.com - Email: Info@Clrwtr.com

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual Motor control (MCTRL) Braking operation/brake energy management Short overview of the relevant parameters: Parameter Info Lenze setting Value Unit C00173 Mains voltage 3ph 400V / 1ph 230V C00174 Reduc. brake chopper threshold C00175 Resp. to brake resistor control...

  • Page 231: Avoiding Thermal Overload Of The Brake Resistor

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual Motor control (MCTRL) Braking operation/brake energy management  How to set the "inverter motor brake" function for a maximum acceleration ramp: For V/f characteristic open-loop control/closed-loop control (VFCplus): • Set reduced brake chopper threshold (C00174) to approx. 70 V.

  • Page 232: Monitoring

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual Motor control (MCTRL) Monitoring 5.12 Monitoring Many monitoring functions that are integrated into the controller can detect errors and thus protect the device/motor from damage or overload.  Detailed information on the individual monitoring functions can be found in the following subchapters.

  • Page 233: Device Overload Monitoring (Ixt)

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual Motor control (MCTRL) Monitoring 5.12.1 Device overload monitoring (Ixt) C00064/1...3 displays the device utilisation (ixt) in [%] in different time intervals: Parameter Info C00064/1 Device utilisation (Ixt) • Maximum value of pulse utilisation (C00064/2) and permanent utilisation (C00064/3).

  • Page 234: Motor Load Monitoring (I2Xt)

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual Motor control (MCTRL) Monitoring 5.12.2 Motor load monitoring (I2xt) The Inverter Drives 8400 are provided with a simple, sensorless, thermal I xt motor monitoring of self-ventilated standard motors which is based on a mathematical model.

  • Page 235: Phone: 800.894.0412 - Fax: 888.723.4773 - Web: Www.clrwtr.com - Email: Info@Clrwtr.com

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual Motor control (MCTRL) Monitoring I x 100 % I x 100 % I x 100 % C00120 < C00120 = C00120 > t [s] f = 20 Hz f = 0 Hz f > 40 Hz...

  • Page 236: Motor Temperature Monitoring (Ptc)

    • There is a wire jumper between the terminals X106/T1 and X106/T2 by default. • Lenze three-phase AC motors are provided with a thermal contact on delivery.  If 1.6 kΩ < R < 4 kΩ at the terminals X106/T1 and X106/T2, the monitoring will respond, see functional test below.

  • Page 237: Brake Resistor Monitoring (I2Xt)

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual Motor control (MCTRL) Monitoring 5.12.4 Brake resistor monitoring (I2xt) Due to the converted braking power, the brake resistor is thermally stressed and can even be thermally destroyed by excessive braking power. The monitoring of the I xt utilisation of the controller serves to protect the brake resistor.

  • Page 238: Phone: 800.894.0412 - Fax: 888.723.4773 - Web: Www.clrwtr.com - Email: Info@Clrwtr.com

    – Resistance value (C00129) – Continuous power (C00130) – Thermal capacity (C00131)  In the Lenze setting these parameters are preset with the corresponding power- adapted Lenze brake resistor. C00133 indicates the calculated utilisation of the brake resistor in [%].

  • Page 239: Motor Phase Failure Monitoring

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual Motor control (MCTRL) Monitoring 5.12.5 Motor phase failure monitoring  Note! In the Lenze setting (C00597 = "0: No response"), the motor phase failure monitoring is not activated! In order to safely detect the failure of a motor phase, a certain motor current must flow for the current sensor system.

  • Page 240: Motor Phse Error Monitoring Before Operation

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual Motor control (MCTRL) Monitoring 5.12.6 Motor phse error monitoring before operation This function extension is available from version 11.00.00! This extended motor phase failure monitoring can both detect a phase failure on the basis of test signals and check for the existence of the motor.

  • Page 241: Phone: 800.894.0412 - Fax: 888.723.4773 - Web: Www.clrwtr.com - Email: Info@Clrwtr.com

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual Motor control (MCTRL) Monitoring  Note! With automatic brake control: In case of automatic brake control, the brake will only be released if no motor phase failure exists and the magnetisation of the field-oriented control types is completed.

  • Page 242: Mains Phase Failure Monitoring

    C00023 should have a sufficient distance to this limit value.  Note! If a Lenze motor is selected from the catalogue whose plant parameters are transferred into the controller, the settings in C00022 C00023 will automatically be adapted to the selected motor.

  • Page 243: Maximum Torque Monitoring

    If the maximum possible torque C00057 is reached at the motor shaft, the response set in C00608 will be carried out (Lenze setting: "0: No response"). If the activated monitoring is tripped:  The "OT1: Maximum torque reached" error message is entered into the logbook.

  • Page 244: Encoder Open-Circuit Monitoring

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual Motor control (MCTRL) Monitoring 5.12.11 Encoder open-circuit monitoring  Note! In the Lenze setting (C00586 = "1: Fault), the open-circuit monitoring of the encoder is activated. When does the open-circuit monitoring system respond? The open-circuit monitoring function responds if ...

  • Page 245: Internal Interfaces | System Block "Ls_Motorinterface

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual Motor control (MCTRL) Internal interfaces | system block "LS_MotorInterface" 5.13 Internal interfaces | system block "LS_MotorInterface" The LS_MotorInterface system block provides the internal interfaces to the driving machine in the function block editor. Firmware ≤ 11.00 - DMS 8.0 EN - 10/2011...

  • Page 246: Phone: 800.894.0412 - Fax: 888.723.4773 - Web: Www.clrwtr.com - Email: Info@Clrwtr.com

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual Motor control (MCTRL) Internal interfaces | system block "LS_MotorInterface" Inputs Identifier Information/possible settings DIS code | data type nPosCtrlOutLimit_a Limitation of the position controller output • Scaling: 16384 ≡ 100 % reference speed (C00011)

  • Page 247: Phone: 800.894.0412 - Fax: 888.723.4773 - Web: Www.clrwtr.com - Email: Info@Clrwtr.com

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual Motor control (MCTRL) Internal interfaces | system block "LS_MotorInterface" Identifier Information/possible settings DIS code | data type nVoltageAdd_a Additive voltage impression • An additional setpoint for the motor voltage can be specified via this process...

  • Page 248: Phone: 800.894.0412 - Fax: 888.723.4773 - Web: Www.clrwtr.com - Email: Info@Clrwtr.com

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual Motor control (MCTRL) Internal interfaces | system block "LS_MotorInterface" Identifier Information/possible settings DIS code | data type dnMotorRefOffset_p Home position in [increments] • Scaling: 65535 ≡ 1 revolution C00834/6 | DINT bQspOn Quick stop...

  • Page 249: Phone: 800.894.0412 - Fax: 888.723.4773 - Web: Www.clrwtr.com - Email: Info@Clrwtr.com

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual Motor control (MCTRL) Internal interfaces | system block "LS_MotorInterface" Identifier Value/meaning DIS code | data type wMaxMotorSpeed Reference speed (C00011) C00011 | BOOL nOutputSpeedCtrl_a Speed or slip controller output • Scaling: 16384 ≡ 100 % reference speed (C00011)

  • Page 250: Phone: 800.894.0412 - Fax: 888.723.4773 - Web: Www.clrwtr.com - Email: Info@Clrwtr.com

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual Motor control (MCTRL) Internal interfaces | system block "LS_MotorInterface" Identifier Value/meaning DIS code | data type bIdentificationActive "Motor parameter identification active" status signal Automatic motor data identification ( 112) BOOL TRUE Motor parameter identification is active bFlyingSyncActive "Flying restart function active"...

  • Page 251: Internal Status Signals | System Block "Ls_Devicemonitor

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual Motor control (MCTRL) Internal status signals | system block "LS_DeviceMonitor" 5.14 Internal status signals | system block "LS_DeviceMonitor" The LS_DeviceMonitor system block provides the status signals of the motor control in the function block editor.

  • Page 252: Phone: 800.894.0412 - Fax: 888.723.4773 - Web: Www.clrwtr.com - Email: Info@Clrwtr.com

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual Motor control (MCTRL) Internal status signals | system block "LS_DeviceMonitor" Outputs Identifier Value/meaning Data type bMctrlImpActive TRUE Pulse inhibit is active BOOL bMctrlClampActive TRUE Clamp current limitation is active BOOL bMctrlMotorPhaseFault TRUE Motor phase fault has been detected...

  • Page 253: I/O Terminals

    ( 273)  Note! The input and output terminals of the drive controller have already been functionally assigned in the default setting ("Lenze setting"). The preconfigured assignment depends on the technology application selected in C00005 and the control mode selected in C00007: •...

  • Page 254: Digital Terminals

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual I/O terminals Digital terminals Digital terminals The digital input terminals and the digital output terminal are arranged on plug connector Digital input terminals The controller has 4 parameterisable input terminals (DI1 ... DI4) for detecting digital signals.

  • Page 255: Phone: 800.894.0412 - Fax: 888.723.4773 - Web: Www.clrwtr.com - Email: Info@Clrwtr.com

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual I/O terminals Digital terminals Parameterisation dialog in the »Engineer«: Button Function Indicates the polarity of the input is HIGH active. The polarity can be changed from HIGH active to LOW active by clicking this button.

  • Page 256: Phone: 800.894.0412 - Fax: 888.723.4773 - Web: Www.clrwtr.com - Email: Info@Clrwtr.com

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual I/O terminals Digital terminals Short overview of parameters for the digital terminals: Parameter Info Lenze setting Value Unit C00115/1 Fct. DI 1/2 10kHz 0: DI1=In1 / DI2=In2 Change function assignment ( 257) Digital inputs DI1 ... DI4...

  • Page 257: Change Function Assignment

    Count input Digital input  Note! • In the Lenze setting of C00115, the digital input terminals DI1 and DI2 are configured as "normal" digital inputs. • Generally, the digital input terminals DI3 ... DI4 are configured as "normal" digital inputs.

  • Page 258: Using Di1 And Di2 As Digital Inputs

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual I/O terminals Digital terminals 6.1.1.1 Using DI1 and DI2 as digital inputs Function assignment 0: DI1=In1 / DI2=In2 With this setting in C00115 , the digital input terminals have been configured as "normal" digital inputs.

  • Page 259: Using Di1 And Di2 As Frequency Inputs

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual I/O terminals Digital terminals 6.1.1.2 Using DI1 and DI2 as frequency inputs General information on using the input terminals as frequency inputs The frequency inputs serve to detect HTL encoders with any number of increments and single-track and two-track signals.

  • Page 260: Phone: 800.894.0412 - Fax: 888.723.4773 - Web: Www.clrwtr.com - Email: Info@Clrwtr.com

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual I/O terminals Digital terminals Function assignment 1: DI1=FreqIn / DI2=In Select this setting in C00115 to configure input terminal DI1 as a frequency input. The input terminal DI2 remains configured as a "normal" digital input.

  • Page 261: Phone: 800.894.0412 - Fax: 888.723.4773 - Web: Www.clrwtr.com - Email: Info@Clrwtr.com

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual I/O terminals Digital terminals Function assignment 3: DI1=FreqIn / DI2=direction Select this setting in C00115 to connect a single-track encoder to terminals DI1/DI2. In this case the rotational speed is evaluated via terminal DI1 and the direction of rotation of the encoder is evaluated via terminal DI2 (LOW level ≡...

  • Page 262: Phone: 800.894.0412 - Fax: 888.723.4773 - Web: Www.clrwtr.com - Email: Info@Clrwtr.com

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual I/O terminals Digital terminals Internal interfaces to the application  Relevant inputs at the LS_DigitalInput system block: Input Information/possible settings Data type Frequency input DI1/DI2 bPosIn12_Load Load angle integrator with starting value and reset status signal...

  • Page 263: Using Di1 As A Counter Input

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual I/O terminals Digital terminals 6.1.1.3 Using DI1 as a counter input General information on use as a counting input The counting input is used for counting fast edges. A 32-bit counter counts from a parameterisable starting value up to a parameterisable comparison value and then outputs a corresponding status signal.

  • Page 264: Phone: 800.894.0412 - Fax: 888.723.4773 - Web: Www.clrwtr.com - Email: Info@Clrwtr.com

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual I/O terminals Digital terminals Internal interfaces to the application  Relevant inputs at the LS_DigitalInput system block: Identifier Information/possible settings DIS code | data type Counting input DI1 bCountIn1_ResetCompare Reset status signal "Comparison value reached"...

  • Page 265: Phone: 800.894.0412 - Fax: 888.723.4773 - Web: Www.clrwtr.com - Email: Info@Clrwtr.com

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual I/O terminals Digital terminals Counting behaviour The following temporal characteristic shows the counting process depending on the signals of the interfaces described before: [6-1] Transient characteristic of a quick counter block, sampling cycle = 1 ms ...

  • Page 266: Internal Interfaces | System Block "Ls_Digitalinput

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual I/O terminals Digital terminals 6.1.2 Internal interfaces | System block "LS_DigitalInput" The system block LS_DigitalInput maps the digital input terminals in the FB editor.  The configuration of the internal processing function of the digital input terminals...

  • Page 267: Phone: 800.894.0412 - Fax: 888.723.4773 - Web: Www.clrwtr.com - Email: Info@Clrwtr.com

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual I/O terminals Digital terminals Inputs Identifier Information/possible settings DIS code | data type Counting input DI1 Using DI1 as a counter input bCountIn1_ResetCompare Reset status signal "Comparison value reached" BOOL FALSE TRUE The output bCountIn1_Compare is reset to FALSE.

  • Page 268: Output Of The Encoder Position Of The Di1/Di2 Frequency Input

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual I/O terminals Digital terminals 6.1.2.1 Output of the encoder position of the DI1/DI2 frequency input This function extension is available from version 06.00.00! LS_DigitalInput system block has been extended by the integrator function for providing the encoder position.

  • Page 269: Phone: 800.894.0412 - Fax: 888.723.4773 - Web: Www.clrwtr.com - Email: Info@Clrwtr.com

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual I/O terminals Digital terminals Parameter Parameter Possible settings Info C02844/1 Function 0 Loading with level Load integrator with TRUE level at the bPosIn12_Load input (Lenze setting). 1 Loading with edge Load integrator with FALSE/TRUE edge at the bPosIn12_Load input.

  • Page 270: Phone: 800.894.0412 - Fax: 888.723.4773 - Web: Www.clrwtr.com - Email: Info@Clrwtr.com

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual I/O terminals Digital terminals  dnPosIn12_p provides the counter content of the bipolar integrator. – If the counter content exceeds a value of +32767 encoder revolutions (corresponds to +2147483647 incr.), an overflow occurs and the counting process continues at a value of -32768 encoder revolutions.

  • Page 271: Phone: 800.894.0412 - Fax: 888.723.4773 - Web: Www.clrwtr.com - Email: Info@Clrwtr.com

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual I/O terminals Digital terminals Calculation of the output signal The output value at dnPosIn12_p is calculated as per the formula below: dnPosIn12_p [incr.] nFreqIn12_v [rpm] t [s] 65535 [incr./rev.] ⋅ ⋅ t = integration time 16384 ≡...

  • Page 272: Internal Interface | System Block "Ls_Digitaloutput

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual I/O terminals Digital terminals 6.1.3 Internal interface | System block "LS_DigitalOutput" The LS_DigitalOutput system block maps the digital output terminals in the FB editor. Input Information/possible settings DIS code | data type bRelay Relay output (potential-free two-way switch)

  • Page 273: Analog Terminals

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual I/O terminals Analog terminals Analog terminals The analog input terminals together with the analog output terminals are located on the X3 plug connector. Analog input terminals The controller has two analog input terminals for detecting a current signal and a voltage signal: ...

  • Page 274: Phone: 800.894.0412 - Fax: 888.723.4773 - Web: Www.clrwtr.com - Email: Info@Clrwtr.com

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual I/O terminals Analog terminals Parameterisation dialog in the »Engineer«: Button Function Parameterising analog input ( 275) Parameterising analog output ( 279) Open the parameterising dialog for assigning application inputs to the analog input. Changing the terminal assignment with the »Engineer« ( 286)

  • Page 275: Parameterising Analog Input

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual I/O terminals Analog terminals 6.2.1 Parameterising analog input Click the button on the Terminal assignment tab to go to the parameterisation dialog for the analog input: Short overview of the parameters for the analog input:...

  • Page 276: Phone: 800.894.0412 - Fax: 888.723.4773 - Web: Www.clrwtr.com - Email: Info@Clrwtr.com

    Analog terminals Using current input A1I In the Lenze setting, voltage signals in the range of ±10 V are evaluated via the analog input terminal A1U. If current signals are to be detected via the analog input terminal A1I instead, select "1: 0...20 mA" or "2: 4...20 mA" in C00034.

  • Page 277: Signal Adaptation By Means Of Characteristic

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual I/O terminals Analog terminals 6.2.1.1 Signal adaptation by means of characteristic This function extension is only available from version 04.00.00! An individual characteristic according to the illustration below can be parameterised for the analog input via the subcodes of C00010 to provide different slopes and a dead band.

  • Page 278: Phone: 800.894.0412 - Fax: 888.723.4773 - Web: Www.clrwtr.com - Email: Info@Clrwtr.com

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual I/O terminals Analog terminals  Proceed as follows to open the dialog for parameterising the characteristic: 1. Go to the Terminal assignment tab and select the "Analog terminals" entry in the Control connections list field.

  • Page 279: Parameterising Analog Output

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual I/O terminals Analog terminals 6.2.2 Parameterising analog output Click the button on the Terminal assignment tab to go to the parameterisation dialog for the analog output: Short overview of the parameters for the analog output:...

  • Page 280: Internal Interfaces | System Block "Ls_Analoginput

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual I/O terminals Analog terminals 6.2.3 Internal interfaces | System block "LS_AnalogInput" The LS_AnalogInput system block displays the analog input in the FB Editor. Output Value/meaning Data type nIn1_a Analog input 1 • Scaling: C00033/1 | INT ±2...

  • Page 281: Configuring Exception Handling Of The Output Terminals

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual I/O terminals Configuring exception handling of the output terminals Configuring exception handling of the output terminals This function extension is only available from version 04.00.00! Exception handling for the analog and digital output terminals in the event of an error can be set via decoupling configuration and decoupling values.

  • Page 282: User-Defined Terminal Assignment

    In C00007, control mode "0: Interconnection changed" will be shown.  Tip! First of all, select a Lenze configuration useful for the purpose at hand by going to C00005 and selecting a technology application that matches your drive task and then going to C00007 and selecting an appropriate control mode.

  • Page 283: Source-Destination Principle

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual I/O terminals User-defined terminal assignment 6.4.1 Source-destination principle The I/O configuration of the input and output signals is carried out according to the source/destination principle:  A connection always has a direction and therefore always has a source and a target.

  • Page 284: Changing The Terminal Assignment With The Keypad

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual I/O terminals User-defined terminal assignment 6.4.2 Changing the terminal assignment with the keypad You can reconfigure the preconfigured terminal assignment with the keypad (and with the »Engineer«) by means of so-called configuration parameters.  Each configuration parameter represents a signal input of a system block or application block.

  • Page 285: Phone: 800.894.0412 - Fax: 888.723.4773 - Web: Www.clrwtr.com - Email: Info@Clrwtr.com

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual I/O terminals User-defined terminal assignment Configuration parameters for the inputs of the technology application The following parameters can be used to change the preconfigured assignment of the application inputs: Parameter Info TA "Actuating drive speed": Configuration parameters (...

  • Page 286: Changing The Terminal Assignment With The "Engineer

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual I/O terminals User-defined terminal assignment 6.4.3 Changing the terminal assignment with the »Engineer« Whereas the configuration parameters referred to have to be parameterised with the keypad, implementation in the »Engineer« is much easier due to the availability of the corresponding dialogs.

  • Page 287: Phone: 800.894.0412 - Fax: 888.723.4773 - Web: Www.clrwtr.com - Email: Info@Clrwtr.com

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual I/O terminals User-defined terminal assignment Possibility 2: Change terminal assignment by means of the signal flow shown Procedure: 1. Go to the Application parameters tab. 2. Go to the Application Parameters tab and click on the Signal flow button in order to change to the dialog level Overview ...

  • Page 288: Phone: 800.894.0412 - Fax: 888.723.4773 - Web: Www.clrwtr.com - Email: Info@Clrwtr.com

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual I/O terminals User-defined terminal assignment Possibility 3: Change terminal assignment with the FB editor Procedure: 1. Go to the FB Editor tab. 2. Delete the existing interconnection from LS_DigitalInput.bIn2 to LA_NCtrl.bJogSpeed2: 3. Establish a new interconnection from LS_DigitalInput.bIn2 to LA_NCtrl.bJogRamp1: ...

  • Page 289: Technology Applications

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual Technology applications Technology applications This chapter describes handling and functional range of the technology applications available for the 8400 StateLine. Technology application "Actuating drive speed" This technology application preset in C00005 serves to solve speed-controlled drive tasks, e.g.

  • Page 290: Selection Of The Technology Application And The Control Mode

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual Technology applications Selection of the technology application and the control mode Selection of the technology application and the control mode Die Auswahl der zu verwendenden Technologieapplikation erfolgt in C00005.  You can select the technology application in the »Engineer« on the Application parameter tab via the Application list field: Different control modes can be selected for every application in C00007.

  • Page 291: Ta "Actuating Drive Speed

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual Technology applications TA "Actuating drive speed" TA "Actuating drive speed" Features  Pre-configured control modes for terminals and bus control (with predefined process data connection to the fieldbus)  Free configuration of input and output signals ...

  • Page 292: Basic Signal Flow

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual Technology applications TA "Actuating drive speed" 7.2.1 Basic signal flow [7-1] Signal flow of the technology application "Actuating drive speed"  Main speed setpoint offset and gain (L_OffsetGainP_1)  Motor potentiometer function (L_MPot_1)  Setpoint generator (L_NSet_1) ...

  • Page 293: Phone: 800.894.0412 - Fax: 888.723.4773 - Web: Www.clrwtr.com - Email: Info@Clrwtr.com

    Technology applications TA "Actuating drive speed" Selection of the main speed setpoint The main speed setpoint is selected in the Lenze setting via the analog input 1.  Offset and gain of this input signal can be set in C00696...

  • Page 294: Internal Interfaces | Application Block "La_Nctrl

    "SwitchedOn" device status. bFailReset Reset error message In the Lenze setting this input is connected to the digital input controller enable so BOOL that a possibly existing error message is reset together with the controller enable (if the cause for the fault is eliminated).

  • Page 295: Phone: 800.894.0412 - Fax: 888.723.4773 - Web: Www.clrwtr.com - Email: Info@Clrwtr.com

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual Technology applications TA "Actuating drive speed" Identifier Information/possible settings Data type bSetDCBrake Manual DC-injection braking (DCB) • Detailed information on DC-injection braking is provided in the motor control BOOL chapter, subchapter "DC-injection braking". ...

  • Page 296: Phone: 800.894.0412 - Fax: 888.723.4773 - Web: Www.clrwtr.com - Email: Info@Clrwtr.com

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual Technology applications TA "Actuating drive speed" Identifier Information/possible settings Data type nTorqueMotLim_a Torque limitation in motor mode and in generator mode nTorqueGenLim_a • These input signals are directly transferred to the motor control to limit the controller's maximum torque in motor and generator mode.

  • Page 297: Phone: 800.894.0412 - Fax: 888.723.4773 - Web: Www.clrwtr.com - Email: Info@Clrwtr.com

    Motor potentiometer Alternatively to the input signal nMainSetValue_a, the main setpoint can also be generated by a motor potentiometer function. • In the Lenze setting, the motor potentiometer function is deactivated. • Activation is possible via C00806 or via the bMPotEnable input.

  • Page 298: Phone: 800.894.0412 - Fax: 888.723.4773 - Web: Www.clrwtr.com - Email: Info@Clrwtr.com

    Identifier Information/possible settings Data type Process controller • In the Lenze setting, the process controller is deactivated. • The activation is executed by selecting the operating mode in C00242. • For a detailed functional description see FB L_PCTRL. bPIDEnableInfluenceRamp Activate ramp for influencing factor BOOL FALSE Influencing factor of the PID controller is ramped down to "0".

  • Page 299: Phone: 800.894.0412 - Fax: 888.723.4773 - Web: Www.clrwtr.com - Email: Info@Clrwtr.com

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual Technology applications TA "Actuating drive speed" Identifier Information/possible settings Data type GP: GeneralPurpose The following inputs are interconnected with logic/arithmetic functions on application level for free usage. "GeneralPurpose" functions nGPAnalogSwitchIn1_a Analog switch: Input signals nGPAnalogSwitchIn2_a •...

  • Page 300: Phone: 800.894.0412 - Fax: 888.723.4773 - Web: Www.clrwtr.com - Email: Info@Clrwtr.com

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual Technology applications TA "Actuating drive speed" Identifier Value/meaning Data type bDriveFail TRUE Drive controller in error status. • "Fault" device status is active. BOOL bDriveReady TRUE Controller is ready for operation. • "SwitchedOn" device status is active.

  • Page 301: Phone: 800.894.0412 - Fax: 888.723.4773 - Web: Www.clrwtr.com - Email: Info@Clrwtr.com

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual Technology applications TA "Actuating drive speed" Identifier Value/meaning Data type MCK basic functions bMBrakeReleaseOut Holding brake control: Trigger signal for the holding brake control switching element via a digital output BOOL • Use bit 0 in C02582 to activate inverted switching element triggering.

  • Page 302: Terminal Assignment Of The Control Modes

    7.2.3 Terminal assignment of the control modes The following comparison provides information about which inputs/outputs of the application block LA_NCtrl are interconnected to the digital and analog input/output terminals of the drive controller in the different control modes. Control mode (C00007) Terminals 0 Terminals 2 Terminals 11...

  • Page 303: Terminals 0

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual Technology applications TA "Actuating drive speed" 7.2.3.1 Terminals 0 X101 DriveFail Speed setpoint Actual speed value External supply 24 V DC Controller enable / reset error Fixed setpoint 1/3 Fixed setpoint 2/3 DC brake...

  • Page 304: Terminals 2

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual Technology applications TA "Actuating drive speed" 7.2.3.2 Terminals 2 X101 DriveFail Speed setpoint Actual speed value External supply 24 V DC Controller enable / reset error Fixed setpoint 1/3 Fixed setpoint 2/3 Quickstop Change of direction of rotation...

  • Page 305: Terminals 11

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual Technology applications TA "Actuating drive speed" 7.2.3.3 Terminals 11 X101 DriveFail Speed setpoint Actual speed value External supply 24 V DC Controller enable / reset error Change of direction of rotation DC brake active...

  • Page 306: Terminal 16

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual Technology applications TA "Actuating drive speed" 7.2.3.4 Terminal 16 X101 DriveFail Speed setpoint Actual speed value External supply 24 V DC Controller enable / reset error Fixed setpoint 1/3 Fixed setpoint 2/3 Cw rotation quick stop...

  • Page 307: Keypad

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual Technology applications TA "Actuating drive speed" 7.2.3.5 Keypad Engineer: Keypad: X101 All parameters Par1 8400 StateLineC DriveFail User - Menu Quick commissioning Terminal Go to param Logbook Quick commissioning Keypad Quick commissioning SAVE Actual speed value...

  • Page 308: Phone: 800.894.0412 - Fax: 888.723.4773 - Web: Www.clrwtr.com - Email: Info@Clrwtr.com

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual Technology applications TA "Actuating drive speed" 7.2.3.6 X101 DriveFail Actual speed value External supply + + + 24 V DC Controller enable / reset error DriveReady Connection Assignment Connection Assignment X101/NC-NO LA_NCtrl.bDriveFail X4/RFR LA_NCtrl.bFailReset...

  • Page 309: Phone: 800.894.0412 - Fax: 888.723.4773 - Web: Www.clrwtr.com - Email: Info@Clrwtr.com

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual Technology applications TA "Actuating drive speed" 7.2.3.7 X101 DriveFail Additional speed setpoint Actual speed value External supply 24 V DC Controller enable / reset error Quickstop DriveReady LP_CanIn1 LP_CanOut1 wCtrl DriveControl wState DriveControlStatus wIn2...

  • Page 310: Phone: 800.894.0412 - Fax: 888.723.4773 - Web: Www.clrwtr.com - Email: Info@Clrwtr.com

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual Technology applications TA "Actuating drive speed" 7.2.3.8 X101 DriveFail Additional speed setpoint Actual speed value External supply + + + + 24 V DC Controller enable / reset error Quickstop DriveReady LP_MciIn LP_MciOut wCtrl...

  • Page 311: Process Data Assignment For Fieldbus Communication

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual Technology applications TA "Actuating drive speed" 7.2.4 Process data assignment for fieldbus communication The fieldbus communication is connected (preconfigured) to the previously selected technology application by selecting the corresponding control mode in C00007:  "30: CAN" for the connection to the system bus (CAN) ...

  • Page 312: Phone: 800.894.0412 - Fax: 888.723.4773 - Web: Www.clrwtr.com - Email: Info@Clrwtr.com

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual Technology applications TA "Actuating drive speed" Control word Name Function Bit 14 SetFail 1 ≡ Set error (trip set) Bit 15 SetSpeedCcw 0 ≡ Direction of rotation to the right (Cw) 1 ≡ Direction of rotation to the left (Ccw)

  • Page 313: Setting Parameters (Short Overview)

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual Technology applications TA "Actuating drive speed" 7.2.5 Setting parameters (short overview) Parameter Info Lenze setting Value Unit C00012 Accel. time - main setpoint 2.000 s C00013 Decel. time - main setpoint 2.000 s C00019...

  • Page 314: Phone: 800.894.0412 - Fax: 888.723.4773 - Web: Www.clrwtr.com - Email: Info@Clrwtr.com

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual Technology applications TA "Actuating drive speed" Parameter Info Lenze setting Value Unit C00696 L_OffsetGainP_1: Offset 0.00 % C00697 L_OffsetGainP_2: Offset 0.00 % C00698 L_OffsetGainP_3: Offset 0.00 % C00800 L_MPot_1: Upper limit 100.00 % C00801 L_MPot_1: Lower limit -100.00 %...

  • Page 315: Configuration Parameters

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual Technology applications TA "Actuating drive speed" 7.2.6 Configuration parameters If required, the subcodes of C00700 C00701 serve to change the pre-configured assignment of the application inputs: LA_NCtrl LS_AnalogInput L_Interpolator_1 nMainSetValue_a nIn1_a nNln_a nNOut_a C700/7...

  • Page 316: Phone: 800.894.0412 - Fax: 888.723.4773 - Web: Www.clrwtr.com - Email: Info@Clrwtr.com

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual Technology applications TA "Actuating drive speed" Configuration parameters for "GeneralPurpose" functions Configuration parameters Entry in select list LA_NCtrl GeneralPurpose (GP) functions C00830/14 nGPAnalogSwitchIn1_a C700/9 nGPAnalogSwitchOut_a C00830/15 nGPAnalogSwitchIn2_a 1006 C700/10 C00833/13 bGPAnalogSwitchSet C701/23 C00338 Out =...

  • Page 317: Phone: 800.894.0412 - Fax: 888.723.4773 - Web: Www.clrwtr.com - Email: Info@Clrwtr.com

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual Technology applications TA "Actuating drive speed" Configuration parameters Entry in select list LA_NCtrl GeneralPurpose (GP) functions C00410/1 C00413/1 C00413/2 nGPSignalOut1_a 1009 C00410/2 C00413/3 C00413/4 nGPSignalOut2_a 1010 C00410/3 C00413/5 C00413/6 nGPSignalOut3_a 1011 C00410/4 C00413/7 C00413/8...

  • Page 318: Ta "Switch-Off Positioning

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual Technology applications TA "Switch-off positioning" TA "Switch-off positioning" This technology application is available from version 04.00.00! The basic principle of this technology application is to travel to a switch-off sensor (e.g. a limit switch) in a speed-controlled manner and to stop as close as possible at this position.

  • Page 319: Phone: 800.894.0412 - Fax: 888.723.4773 - Web: Www.clrwtr.com - Email: Info@Clrwtr.com

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual Technology applications TA "Switch-off positioning" Decision criteria Criteria Switch-off positioning with constant Switch-off positioning with variable load load Operating mode V/f characteristic without speed sensor. Alternatively for large breakaway torques: Use of a sensorless vector control (only applicable for horizontal movements).

  • Page 320: Basic Signal Flow

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual Technology applications TA "Switch-off positioning" 7.3.1 Basic signal flow [7-5] Signal flow of the switch-off positioning  Main speed setpoint offset and gain (L_OffsetGainP_1)  Additional speed setpoint offset and gain (L_OffsetGainP_2)  Setpoint generator (L_NSet_1) ...

  • Page 321: Internal Interfaces | Application Block "La_Switchpos

    "SwitchedOn" device status. bFailReset Reset error message In the Lenze setting this input is connected to the digital input controller enable so BOOL that a possibly existing error message is reset together with the controller enable (if the cause for the fault is eliminated).

  • Page 322: Phone: 800.894.0412 - Fax: 888.723.4773 - Web: Www.clrwtr.com - Email: Info@Clrwtr.com

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual Technology applications TA "Switch-off positioning" Identifier Information/possible settings Data type bSetDCBrake Manual DC-injection braking (DCB) • Detailed information on DC-injection braking is provided in the motor control BOOL chapter, subchapter "DC-injection braking".  Note!

  • Page 323: Phone: 800.894.0412 - Fax: 888.723.4773 - Web: Www.clrwtr.com - Email: Info@Clrwtr.com

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual Technology applications TA "Switch-off positioning" Identifier Information/possible settings Data type nTorqueMotLim_a Torque limitation in motor mode and in generator mode nTorqueGenLim_a • These input signals are directly transferred to the motor control to limit the controller's maximum torque in motor and generator mode.

  • Page 324: Phone: 800.894.0412 - Fax: 888.723.4773 - Web: Www.clrwtr.com - Email: Info@Clrwtr.com

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual Technology applications TA "Switch-off positioning" Identifier Information/possible settings Data type Switch-off positioning bJogCtrlInputSel1 Selection inputs for a binary coded selection of the switch-off position 1 ... 3 bJogCtrlInputSel2 • Activation of the signal pairs bJogCtrlSlowDown1/bJogCtrlStop1,...

  • Page 325: Phone: 800.894.0412 - Fax: 888.723.4773 - Web: Www.clrwtr.com - Email: Info@Clrwtr.com

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual Technology applications TA "Switch-off positioning" Identifier Information/possible settings Data type GP: GeneralPurpose The following inputs are interconnected with logic/arithmetic functions on application level for free usage. "GeneralPurpose" functions nGPAnalogSwitchIn1_a Analog switch: Input signals nGPAnalogSwitchIn2_a •...

  • Page 326: Phone: 800.894.0412 - Fax: 888.723.4773 - Web: Www.clrwtr.com - Email: Info@Clrwtr.com

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual Technology applications TA "Switch-off positioning" Identifier Value/meaning Data type wStateDetermFailNoHigh Display of the status determining error (HIGH word) WORD bDriveFail TRUE Drive controller in error status. • "Fault" device status is active. BOOL bWarningActive TRUE A monitoring in the drive controller, for which the error response "Warning"...

  • Page 327: Phone: 800.894.0412 - Fax: 888.723.4773 - Web: Www.clrwtr.com - Email: Info@Clrwtr.com

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual Technology applications TA "Switch-off positioning" Identifier Value/meaning Data type MCK basic functions bMBrakeReleaseOut Holding brake control: Trigger signal for the holding brake control switching element via a digital output BOOL • Use bit 0 in C02582 to activate inverted switching element triggering.

  • Page 328: Truth Table For Activating The Pre-Switch Off

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual Technology applications TA "Switch-off positioning" 7.3.2.1 Truth table for activating the pre-switch off Input Function Response in the setpoint generator (FB L_NSet) bJogCtrl bJogCtrl InputSel1 InputSel2 FALSE FALSE Pre-switch off inactive No response • The input signal bJogCtrlRfgIn is output directly at output bRfgOut.

  • Page 329: Terminal Assignment Of The Control Modes

    7.3.3 Terminal assignment of the control modes The following comparison provides information about which inputs/outputs of the application block LA_SwitchPos are interconnected to the digital and analog input/output terminals of the drive controller in the different control modes. Control mode (C00007) Terminals 0 Terminals 2 Terminals 11...

  • Page 330: Terminals 0

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual Technology applications TA "Switch-off positioning" 7.3.3.1 Terminals 0 X101 Speed setpoint External supply 24 V DC Controller enable Fixed setpoint 1/3 Fixed setpoint 2/3 Reset error Change of direction of rotation Connection Assignment Connection...

  • Page 331: Terminals 2

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual Technology applications TA "Switch-off positioning" 7.3.3.2 Terminals 2 X101 Speed setpoint External supply 24 V DC Controller enable / reset error Stop function 1 Stop function 2 CW rotat. quick stop / selection: switch-off pos. 1 CCW rotat.

  • Page 332: Terminals 11

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual Technology applications TA "Switch-off positioning" 7.3.3.3 Terminals 11 X101 Speed setpoint External supply 24 V DC Controller enable / reset error Stop function 1 Selection of pre-switch off 1 CW rotat. quick stop / selection: switch-off pos. 1 CCW rotat.

  • Page 333: Terminal 16

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual Technology applications TA "Switch-off positioning" 7.3.3.4 Terminal 16 X101 Speed setpoint External supply 24 V DC Controller enable / reset error Fixed setpoint 1/3 Fixed setpoint 2/3 CW rotation quick stop CCW rotation quick stop...

  • Page 334: Keypad

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual Technology applications TA "Switch-off positioning" 7.3.3.5 Keypad X101 External supply 24 V DC Controller enable / reset error Connection Assignment Connection Assignment X101/NC-NO LA_SwitchPos.bDriveFail X4/RFR LA_SwitchPos.bFailReset X3/A1U X4/DI1 X3/A1I X4/DI2 X3/O1U X4/DI3 X4/DI4 X4/DO1 LA_SwitchPos.bDriveReady...

  • Page 335: Phone: 800.894.0412 - Fax: 888.723.4773 - Web: Www.clrwtr.com - Email: Info@Clrwtr.com

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual Technology applications TA "Switch-off positioning" 7.3.3.6 X101 External supply + + + 24 V DC Controller enable / reset error Connection Assignment Connection Assignment X101/NC-NO LA_SwitchPos.bDriveFail X4/RFR LA_SwitchPos.bFailReset X3/A1U X4/DI1 X3/A1I X4/DI2 X3/O1U X4/DI3...

  • Page 336: Phone: 800.894.0412 - Fax: 888.723.4773 - Web: Www.clrwtr.com - Email: Info@Clrwtr.com

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual Technology applications TA "Switch-off positioning" 7.3.3.7 X101 Additional speed setpoint External supply 24 V DC Controller enable / reset error Stop function 1 Selection of pre-switch off 1 Stop function 2 Selection of pre-switch off 2...

  • Page 337: Phone: 800.894.0412 - Fax: 888.723.4773 - Web: Www.clrwtr.com - Email: Info@Clrwtr.com

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual Technology applications TA "Switch-off positioning" 7.3.3.8 X101 Additional speed setpoint External supply + + + + 24 V DC Controller enable / reset error Stop function 1 Selection of pre-switch off 1 Stop function 2...

  • Page 338: Process Data Assignment For Fieldbus Communication

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual Technology applications TA "Switch-off positioning" 7.3.4 Process data assignment for fieldbus communication The fieldbus communication is connected (preconfigured) to the previously selected technology application by selecting the corresponding control mode in C00007:  "30: CAN" for the connection to the system bus (CAN) ...

  • Page 339: Phone: 800.894.0412 - Fax: 888.723.4773 - Web: Www.clrwtr.com - Email: Info@Clrwtr.com

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual Technology applications TA "Switch-off positioning" Control word Name Function Bit 11 MBrkRelease Holding brake control: 0 ≡ Apply brake 1 ≡ Release brake • In conjunction with the operating mode selected in C02580 (Lenze setting: "Brake control off").

  • Page 340: Phone: 800.894.0412 - Fax: 888.723.4773 - Web: Www.clrwtr.com - Email: Info@Clrwtr.com

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual Technology applications TA "Switch-off positioning" Status word Name Status Bit 13 Trouble 1 ≡ Controller is in the "Trouble" device status • E.g. if an overvoltage has occurred. Bit 14 JogCtrlInputSel1 Binary coded selection of the switch-off position 1 ... 3 •...

  • Page 341: Setting Parameters (Short Overview)

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual Technology applications TA "Switch-off positioning" 7.3.5 Setting parameters (short overview) Parameter Info Lenze setting Value Unit C00011 Appl.: Reference speed 1500 rpm C00012 Accel. time - main setpoint 2.000 s C00013 Decel. time - main setpoint 2.000 s...

  • Page 342: Phone: 800.894.0412 - Fax: 888.723.4773 - Web: Www.clrwtr.com - Email: Info@Clrwtr.com

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual Technology applications TA "Switch-off positioning" Parameter Info Lenze setting Value Unit C00803 L_MPot_1: Deceleration time 10.0 s C00804 L_MPot_1: Inactive fct. 0: Retain value C00805 L_MPot_1: Init fct. 0: Load last value C00806 Use of motor potentiometer...

  • Page 343: Configuration Parameters

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual Technology applications TA "Switch-off positioning" 7.3.6 Configuration parameters If required, the subcodes of C00760 C00761 serve to change the pre-configured assignment of the application inputs: Configuration parameters Entry in select list LA_SwitchPos L_JogCtrlExtension_1 bJogCtrlInputSel1...

  • Page 344: Generalpurpose

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual Technology applications TA "Switch-off positioning" Configuration parameters for "GeneralPurpose" functions Configuration parameters Entry in select list LA_SwitchPos GeneralPurpose (GP) functions C00830/14 nGPAnalogSwitchIn1_a C760/10 nGPAnalogSwitchOut_a C00830/15 nGPAnalogSwitchIn2_a 1209 C760/11 C00833/13 bGPAnalogSwitchSet C761/27 C00338 Out =...

  • Page 345: Phone: 800.894.0412 - Fax: 888.723.4773 - Web: Www.clrwtr.com - Email: Info@Clrwtr.com

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual Technology applications TA "Switch-off positioning" Configuration parameters Entry in select list LA_SwitchPos GeneralPurpose (GP) functions C00410/1 C00413/1 C00413/2 nGPSignalOut1_a 1212 C00410/2 C00413/3 C00413/4 nGPSignalOut2_a 1213 C00410/3 C00413/5 C00413/6 nGPSignalOut3_a 1214 C00410/4 C00413/7 C00413/8 nGPSignalOut4_a...

  • Page 346: Analog Switch

    I/O level, which are linked to the logic/arithmetic function.  Note! In the Lenze setting, the connectors for the "GeneralPurpose" functions are hidden in the function block editor. • These connections can be shown via the Connector visibilities command in the Context menu of the application block.

  • Page 347: Multiplication/Division

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual Technology applications "GeneralPurpose" functions 7.4.2 Arithmetic This function links two analog signals arithmetically. The arithmetic function can be parameterised. Out = C00338 In1 + In2 C00830/12 nGPArithmetikIn1_a In1 - In2 nGPArithmetikOut_a (In1 * In2)

  • Page 348: Binary Delay Element

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual Technology applications "GeneralPurpose" functions 7.4.4 Binary delay element This function timely delays binary signals. On-delay and off-delay can be parameterised separately. C00833/66 bGPDigitalDelayIn bGPDigitalDelayOut C00720/1 C00720/2 [7-8] GeneralPurpose function "Binary delay element" Parameter Info...

  • Page 349: Analog Comparison

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual Technology applications "GeneralPurpose" functions 7.4.6 Analog comparison This function compares two analog signals and can be used e.g. to realise a trigger. The comparison operation, hysteresis and window size can be parameterised. C00681 C00682...

  • Page 350: Analog Signal Monitor

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual Technology applications "GeneralPurpose" functions 7.4.8 Analog signal monitor This function serves to output four analog signals selected from a list of all analog output signals available in the drive controller. Offset and gain of the source signals can be adjusted.

  • Page 351: Basic Drive Functions (Mck

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual Basic drive functions (MCK) Basic drive functions (MCK) This chapter describes the standard and basic drive functions integrated in the Motion Control Kernel (MCK) of the 8400 StateLine which can be accessed by the active technology application via defined internal interfaces.

  • Page 352: Basic Signal Flow

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual Basic drive functions (MCK) Basic signal flow Basic signal flow The Motion Control Kernel is connected between setpoint generator (e.g. ramp generator, PID process controller, etc.) and the motor control function in the case of the available technology applications.

  • Page 353: Phone: 800.894.0412 - Fax: 888.723.4773 - Web: Www.clrwtr.com - Email: Info@Clrwtr.com

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual Basic drive functions (MCK) Internal interfaces | System block "LS_MotionControlKernel" In the interconnection previously shown, the Motion Control Kernel monitors every interface. Some of the signals such as a quick stop request or a DC-injection braking request are directly passed through to the motor control.

  • Page 354: Phone: 800.894.0412 - Fax: 888.723.4773 - Web: Www.clrwtr.com - Email: Info@Clrwtr.com

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual Basic drive functions (MCK) Internal interfaces | System block "LS_MotionControlKernel" Identifier Information/possible settings Data type nTorqueSetValue_a Torque setpoint bDcBrakeOn Manual DC-injection braking (DCB) • For this function, the bDcBrakeOn_ output signal must be connected to the...

  • Page 355: Phone: 800.894.0412 - Fax: 888.723.4773 - Web: Www.clrwtr.com - Email: Info@Clrwtr.com

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual Basic drive functions (MCK) Internal interfaces | System block "LS_MotionControlKernel" Identifier Information/possible settings Data type bMBrakeStartValue2 Holding brake control: Selection of the torque feedforward control value for manual specification of the BOOL (from version 11.00.00) feedforward control value •...

  • Page 356: Phone: 800.894.0412 - Fax: 888.723.4773 - Web: Www.clrwtr.com - Email: Info@Clrwtr.com

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual Basic drive functions (MCK) Internal interfaces | System block "LS_MotionControlKernel" Identifier Value/meaning Data type Status words wMotionState1 MCK status word 1 & 2 wMotionState2 • For a detailed description of the individual status bits, see subchapter entitled "MCK status...

  • Page 357: Phone: 800.894.0412 - Fax: 888.723.4773 - Web: Www.clrwtr.com - Email: Info@Clrwtr.com

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual Basic drive functions (MCK) Internal interfaces | System block "LS_MotionControlKernel" 8.2.1 MCK status word MCK status word 1 (wMotionState1) Designation Description ActOpModeBit00 Active operating mode Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 Speed follower...

  • Page 358: Phone: 800.894.0412 - Fax: 888.723.4773 - Web: Www.clrwtr.com - Email: Info@Clrwtr.com

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual Basic drive functions (MCK) Internal interfaces | System block "LS_MotionControlKernel" 8.2.2 MCK state machine Prio Condition Setpoint generation through Motor control (MCTRL): • DCB = DC-injection braking • QSP = quick stop • CINH = controller inhibit "Safe stop 1"...

  • Page 359: Phone: 800.894.0412 - Fax: 888.723.4773 - Web: Www.clrwtr.com - Email: Info@Clrwtr.com

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual Basic drive functions (MCK) Internal interfaces | System block "LS_MotionControlKernel" 8.2.3 Interface to safety system For operation with optional safety system, the LS_MotionControlKernel system block has the wSMCtrl input, This interface is used to transfer a control word by means of which the Motion Control Kernel can be supplied with information on requested or active safety functions.

  • Page 360: Phone: 800.894.0412 - Fax: 888.723.4773 - Web: Www.clrwtr.com - Email: Info@Clrwtr.com

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual Basic drive functions (MCK) Speed follower Speed follower The 8400 StateLine controller only supports the "Speed follower" operating mode, in which the drive follows a speed setpoint. 8.3.1 Parameter setting Short overview of parameters for the "speed follower" operating mode:...

  • Page 361: Phone: 800.894.0412 - Fax: 888.723.4773 - Web: Www.clrwtr.com - Email: Info@Clrwtr.com

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual Basic drive functions (MCK) Speed follower 8.3.2 Setpoint selection The speed setpoint is selected via the nSpeedSetValue_a process input and additively via the nSpeedAddValue_v process input.  Usually, the ramp generator L_NSet and, optionally, the process controller L_PCTRL are upstream of the nSpeedSetValue_a process input.

  • Page 362: Phone: 800.894.0412 - Fax: 888.723.4773 - Web: Www.clrwtr.com - Email: Info@Clrwtr.com

    Thus, proceed very carefully when commissioning this system part!  Stop! Holding brakes on Lenze motors are not intended for braking during operation. The increased wear caused by braking during operation can destroy the motor holding brake! ...

  • Page 363: Phone: 800.894.0412 - Fax: 888.723.4773 - Web: Www.clrwtr.com - Email: Info@Clrwtr.com

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual Basic drive functions (MCK) Holding brake control 8.4.1 Internal interfaces In the function block editor, the LS_MotionControlKernel system block provides the following internal interfaces for the basic function "holding brake control": Inputs Identifier Information/possible settings...

  • Page 364: Phone: 800.894.0412 - Fax: 888.723.4773 - Web: Www.clrwtr.com - Email: Info@Clrwtr.com

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual Basic drive functions (MCK) Holding brake control  Stop! The digital outputs are not suitable for the "direct" control of a holding brake! • Connect the digital output connected to the trigger signal bMBrakeReleaseOut with a relay or power contactor which switches the brake supply.

  • Page 365: Phone: 800.894.0412 - Fax: 888.723.4773 - Web: Www.clrwtr.com - Email: Info@Clrwtr.com

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual Basic drive functions (MCK) Holding brake control Short overview of parameters for holding brake control: Parameter Info Lenze setting Value Unit C02580 Holding brake: Operating mode 0: Brake control off C02581/1 Holding brake: Switching threshold 5.00 %...

  • Page 366: Phone: 800.894.0412 - Fax: 888.723.4773 - Web: Www.clrwtr.com - Email: Info@Clrwtr.com

     The status signal bMBrakeReleased is set to FALSE.  Note! In the Lenze setting, the mode 0 is preset to get into a safe state after the mains is switched on. Mode 11: Manual control In this mode, brake release and brake application can be directly controlled via the input bMBrakeReleaseBrake without special logic or automatic.

  • Page 367: Phone: 800.894.0412 - Fax: 888.723.4773 - Web: Www.clrwtr.com - Email: Info@Clrwtr.com

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual Basic drive functions (MCK) Holding brake control  The brake will also be activated automatically if quick stop is activated in the drive, e.g. by a device command or as response to an error, and in the event of controller inhibit or pulse inhibit.

  • Page 368: Phone: 800.894.0412 - Fax: 888.723.4773 - Web: Www.clrwtr.com - Email: Info@Clrwtr.com

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual Basic drive functions (MCK) Holding brake control 8.4.2.2 Functional settings The following bit coded functional settings for the holding brake control can be made in C02582: Option Info Bit 0 bMBrakeReleaseOut invert. Activation of inverted control •...

  • Page 369: Phone: 800.894.0412 - Fax: 888.723.4773 - Web: Www.clrwtr.com - Email: Info@Clrwtr.com

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual Basic drive functions (MCK) Holding brake control Related topics: Behaviour in case of pulse inhibit ( 377) Feedforward control of the motor before release ( 378) 8.4.2.3 Switching thresholds  Stop! Do not set the lower speed threshold for brake application too high to prevent an excessive wear of the brake! ...

  • Page 370: Phone: 800.894.0412 - Fax: 888.723.4773 - Web: Www.clrwtr.com - Email: Info@Clrwtr.com

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual Basic drive functions (MCK) Holding brake control 8.4.2.4 Application and release time  Danger! A wrong setting of the application and release time can cause a faulty control of the brake! • If the application time is set too low, the controller is inhibited and the drive becomes torqueless before the brake is applied completely.

  • Page 371: Phone: 800.894.0412 - Fax: 888.723.4773 - Web: Www.clrwtr.com - Email: Info@Clrwtr.com

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual Basic drive functions (MCK) Holding brake control [8-6] Oscillogram 1: Current characteristic when a mechanical holding brake is closed (application time: 10.7 ms) [8-7] Oscillogram 2: Current characteristic when a mechanical holding brake is released (release time: 36.8 ms)

  • Page 372: Phone: 800.894.0412 - Fax: 888.723.4773 - Web: Www.clrwtr.com - Email: Info@Clrwtr.com

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual Basic drive functions (MCK) Holding brake control 8.4.2.5 Ramp time for approaching the setpoint speed For the "Speed follower" operating mode, a ramp time can be set in C02610/1 if the setpoint is already out of reach while the holding brake is initiating the feedforward control process.

  • Page 373: Phone: 800.894.0412 - Fax: 888.723.4773 - Web: Www.clrwtr.com - Email: Info@Clrwtr.com

    (mode 12).  Note! In the Lenze setting, the actual speed time monitoring is deactivated (C02593/1 = "0 s"), i.e. the brake will only be applied when the actual speed has reached the lower switching threshold.

  • Page 374: Phone: 800.894.0412 - Fax: 888.723.4773 - Web: Www.clrwtr.com - Email: Info@Clrwtr.com

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual Basic drive functions (MCK) Holding brake control 8.4.3 Process when brake is released 1. The controller inhibit is deactivated. 2. The magnetic field required for the holding torque is created in the motor (is already available when a synchronous machine is used).

  • Page 375: Phone: 800.894.0412 - Fax: 888.723.4773 - Web: Www.clrwtr.com - Email: Info@Clrwtr.com

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual Basic drive functions (MCK) Holding brake control 8.4.4 Process when brake is closed 1. The motor is decelerated when the setpoint is reduced by the user (e.g. turn down the potentiometer, setpoint selection via CAN).

  • Page 376: Phone: 800.894.0412 - Fax: 888.723.4773 - Web: Www.clrwtr.com - Email: Info@Clrwtr.com

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual Basic drive functions (MCK) Holding brake control  Feedforward control nSpeedSetValue_a Œ  Œ nMotorSpeedAct_a nSpeedSetValue_a_ Œ Ž    ‘ bMBrakeReleaseOut bMBrakeReleased CINH C02581/1: Switching threshold C02581/2: Hysteresis for release C02581/3: Hysteresis for application...

  • Page 377: Phone: 800.894.0412 - Fax: 888.723.4773 - Web: Www.clrwtr.com - Email: Info@Clrwtr.com

    If bit 1 is set to "0" in C02582 (Lenze setting), the brake will be immediately applied when the pulse is inhibited to avoid damage to the mechanical components. Especially in the case of hoist drives, immediate engagement of the brake is absolutely...

  • Page 378: Phone: 800.894.0412 - Fax: 888.723.4773 - Web: Www.clrwtr.com - Email: Info@Clrwtr.com

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual Basic drive functions (MCK) Holding brake control 8.4.6 Feedforward control of the motor before release The motor is precontrolled by selecting the lower speed threshold for applying the brake. When the upper speed threshold for brake release is reached, the motor is precontrolled for 200 ms with the lower threshold before the brake switches to the release mode.

  • Page 379: Phone: 800.894.0412 - Fax: 888.723.4773 - Web: Www.clrwtr.com - Email: Info@Clrwtr.com

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual Basic drive functions (MCK) Holding brake control Selection of the feedforward control value From version 11.00.00, the feedforward control value can be selected via bit 4 in C02582:  Bit 4 = 0: Automatic selection –...

  • Page 380: Diagnostics & Error Management

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual Diagnostics & error management Basics on error handling in the controller Diagnostics & error management This chapter provides information on error handling, drive diagnostics, and fault analysis. Basics on error handling in the controller Many of the functions integrated into the controller can ...

  • Page 381: Led Status Displays

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual Diagnostics & error management LED status displays LED status displays Information on some operating states can quickly be obtained via LED displays: CAN-RUN CAN-ERROR DRIVE READY DRIVE ERROR [9-1] LED display on the front of the controller...

  • Page 382: Led Status Displays Of The Device Status

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual Diagnostics & error management LED status displays 9.2.1 LED status displays of the device status The control of the two LEDs "DRIVE READY" and "DRIVE ERROR" in the lower part on the front of the controller depends on the device status.

  • Page 383: Drive Diagnostics With The "Engineer

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual Diagnostics & error management Drive diagnostics with the »Engineer« Drive diagnostics with the »Engineer« When an online connection to the controller has been established, the connected controller can be diagnosed and relevant actual controller states can be displayed in a clearly arranged visualisation using the »Engineer«:...

  • Page 384: Phone: 800.894.0412 - Fax: 888.723.4773 - Web: Www.clrwtr.com - Email: Info@Clrwtr.com

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual Diagnostics & error management Drive diagnostics with the »Engineer«  How to diagnose a drive with the »Engineer«: 1. Select the 8400 StateLine controller in the project view. 2. Click the icon or execute the OnlineGo online command to establish an online connection to the controller.

  • Page 385: Display Details Of The Status Determining Error

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual Diagnostics & error management Drive diagnostics with the »Engineer« 9.3.1 Display details of the status determining error. If you go to the Diagnostics tab and click the button for the status determining or current error, the Error details dialog box displays further information on the error: ...

  • Page 386: Drive Diagnostics Via Keypad/Bus System

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual Diagnostics & error management Drive diagnostics via keypad/bus system Drive diagnostics via keypad/bus system Keypad display of the controller status  When the keypad is connected to the diagnostic interface X6 at the front of the controller, the status of...

  • Page 387: Phone: 800.894.0412 - Fax: 888.723.4773 - Web: Www.clrwtr.com - Email: Info@Clrwtr.com

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual Diagnostics & error management Drive diagnostics via keypad/bus system Display parameters The parameters listed in the following tables serve to query current states and actual values of the controller for diagnostic purposes, e.g. by using the keypad, a bus system or the »Engineer«...

  • Page 388: Phone: 800.894.0412 - Fax: 888.723.4773 - Web: Www.clrwtr.com - Email: Info@Clrwtr.com

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual Diagnostics & error management Drive diagnostics via keypad/bus system Parameter Display C00177/1 Switching cycles mains switching C00177/2 Switching cycles output relay C00177/3 Stress counter - short circuit C00177/4 Stress counter - earth fault C00177/5...

  • Page 389: Logbook

     ( 401)  Error messages generated by the application (via LS_SetError)  Loading/saving of parameter sets, loading of the Lenze setting (in preparation)  Transmitting the firmware to the controller (in preparation)  Switching on/off of the controller Information saved For each event, the following information is saved in the logbook: ...

  • Page 390: Functional Description

    C00169 (bit 1 ... bit 6) includes a bit coded specification of the events which are to be entered into the logbook. In the Lenze setting, all events are entered into the logbook.  Note! Events with the "No response" setting are not entered into the logbook.

  • Page 391: Reading Out Logbook Entries

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual Diagnostics & error management Logbook 9.5.3 Reading out logbook entries With an online connection, the existing logbook entries can easily be displayed in the »Engineer«. Alternatively, the logbook entries can also be read out via the corresponding parameters (e.g.

  • Page 392: Exporting Logbook Entries To A File

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual Diagnostics & error management Logbook Button Function >> more details Show more details: • Analog value 1, digital values 1 & 2 • More output types of the error numbers (32-bit, internal 32-bit and internal 16-bit).

  • Page 393: File Logbook In Project

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual Diagnostics & error management Logbook 9.5.5 File logbook in project If you want to display the currently available logbook entries at a later date in offline mode, i.e. without a connection to the controller, you can file the current logbook in the project.

  • Page 394: Monitoring

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual Diagnostics & error management Monitoring Monitoring The controller is provided with various monitoring functions which protect the drive against impermissible operating conditions.  If a monitoring function responds, – an entry will be made into the...

  • Page 395: Monitoring Configuration

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual Diagnostics & error management Monitoring 9.6.1 Monitoring configuration  How to configure the monitoring functions using the »Engineer«: 1. Select the 8400 StateLine controller in the Project view. 2. Select the Diagnostics tab from the Workspace.

  • Page 396: Setting The Error Response

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual Diagnostics & error management Monitoring 9.6.2 Setting the error response When a monitoring function responds, the response set for this monitoring function (TroubleQSP, Warning, Fault, etc.) will be triggered.  For many monitoring functions the response can be individually parameterised via parameters.

  • Page 397: Autofailreset Function

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual Diagnostics & error management Monitoring 9.6.3 AutoFailReset function The AutoFailReset function serves to automatically reset the latching "Fault" and "TroubleQSP" errors as well as the latching "WarningLocked" warning. The "latching" term means that the effect on the controller remains active even after the error cause has been removed.

  • Page 398: Maloperation Of The Drive

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual Diagnostics & error management Maloperation of the drive Maloperation of the drive Maloperation Cause Remedy Motor does not DC-bus voltage is too low Check mains voltage rotate • Red LED is blinking every 1 s •...

  • Page 399: Phone: 800.894.0412 - Fax: 888.723.4773 - Web: Www.clrwtr.com - Email: Info@Clrwtr.com

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual Diagnostics & error management Maloperation of the drive Maloperation Cause Remedy Motor rotates The setpoint is selected via the analog input Set dead band for the analog input in although setpoint is (open-circuited if required).

  • Page 400: Operation Without Mains Supply

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual Diagnostics & error management Operation without mains supply Maloperation Cause Remedy An asynchronous Motor phases have been interchanged Check the phase position of the motor cable motor with feedback • Thus the rotating field of the motor is not...

  • Page 401: Error Messages Of The Operating System

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual Diagnostics & error management Error messages of the operating system Error messages of the operating system This chapter describes all error messages of the controller operating system and possible causes & remedies.  Tip! Each error message is also saved to the logbook in chronological order.

  • Page 402: Phone: 800.894.0412 - Fax: 888.723.4773 - Web: Www.clrwtr.com - Email: Info@Clrwtr.com

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual Diagnostics & error management Error messages of the operating system Error type The error type gives information about the behaviour/response of the controller to the error. The error type for some device errors can also be parameterised.

  • Page 403: Phone: 800.894.0412 - Fax: 888.723.4773 - Web: Www.clrwtr.com - Email: Info@Clrwtr.com

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual Diagnostics & error management Error messages of the operating system 16-bit value (0 ... 65535) for error identification within the error subject area. Example for bit coding of the error number displays an internal error number: "142278671".

  • Page 404: Structure Of The 16-Bit Error Number (Bit Coding)

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual Diagnostics & error management Error messages of the operating system 9.9.2 Structure of the 16-bit error number (bit coding) This function extension is available from version 06.00.00! In addition to the 32-bit error number, a 16-bit error number is generated if an error occurs.

  • Page 405: Reset Error Message

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual Diagnostics & error management Error messages of the operating system Error subject area Assigned errors Remedy possible by user? Name Extension module slot 1 Errors that are reported by the extension module, and Yes if it is a fieldbus error.

  • Page 406: Export Error Texts

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual Diagnostics & error management Error messages of the operating system 9.9.4 Export error texts All error texts of the controller can be exported into a text file (*.txt) for further processing.  The error text is preceded with the corresponding 32-bit and 16-bit error number (decimal).

  • Page 407: Short Overview (A-Z)

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual Diagnostics & error management Error messages of the operating system 9.9.5 Short overview (A-Z) The table below contains all error messages of the controller operating system in alphabetical order.  Note! For the sake of legibility, the Logbookand...

  • Page 408: Phone: 800.894.0412 - Fax: 888.723.4773 - Web: Www.clrwtr.com - Email: Info@Clrwtr.com

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual Diagnostics & error management Error messages of the operating system Error number Error message Response can be set in CAN Emergency (Lenze setting) Error Code 32 bits 16 bits 16 bits xx.0123.00095 0x175f 5983...

  • Page 409: Cause & Possible Remedies

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual Diagnostics & error management Error messages of the operating system 9.9.6 Cause & possible remedies This chapter contains all error messages of the controller operating system in numerical order of the error numbers. The list provides detailed information on the response to the error message as well as information on the cause &...

  • Page 410: Phone: 800.894.0412 - Fax: 888.723.4773 - Web: Www.clrwtr.com - Email: Info@Clrwtr.com

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual Diagnostics & error management Error messages of the operating system Su06: Mains input overload [xx.0111.00006] Response (Lenze setting printed in bold) 0: No Reaction 1: Fault 2: Trouble 3: TroubleQuickStop 4: WarningLocked 5: Warning...

  • Page 411: Phone: 800.894.0412 - Fax: 888.723.4773 - Web: Www.clrwtr.com - Email: Info@Clrwtr.com

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual Diagnostics & error management Error messages of the operating system ot1: Maximum torque reached [xx.0123.00001] Response (Lenze setting printed in bold) Setting: C00608 Adjustable response) 0: No Reaction 1: Fault 2: Trouble 3: TroubleQuickStop...

  • Page 412: Phone: 800.894.0412 - Fax: 888.723.4773 - Web: Www.clrwtr.com - Email: Info@Clrwtr.com

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual Diagnostics & error management Error messages of the operating system oC1: Power section - short circuit [xx.0123.00016] Response (Lenze setting printed in bold) 0: No Reaction 1: Fault 2: Trouble 3: TroubleQuickStop 4: WarningLocked...

  • Page 413: Phone: 800.894.0412 - Fax: 888.723.4773 - Web: Www.clrwtr.com - Email: Info@Clrwtr.com

    • Do not set controller inhibit during the motor data motor data identification. identification. • This cancels the identification process. The Lenze • Do not execute any device function which may setting of the motor data is used. activate controller inhibit.

  • Page 414: Phone: 800.894.0412 - Fax: 888.723.4773 - Web: Www.clrwtr.com - Email: Info@Clrwtr.com

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual Diagnostics & error management Error messages of the operating system oC12: I2xt overload - brake resistor [xx.0123.00065] Response (Lenze setting printed in bold) 0: No Reaction 1: Fault 2: Trouble 3: TroubleQuickStop 4: WarningLocked...

  • Page 415: Phone: 800.894.0412 - Fax: 888.723.4773 - Web: Www.clrwtr.com - Email: Info@Clrwtr.com

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual Diagnostics & error management Error messages of the operating system FC01: Switching frequency reduction [xx.0123.00094] Response (Lenze setting printed in bold) Setting: C00590 Adjustable response) 0: No Reaction 1: Fault 2: Trouble 3: TroubleQuickStop...

  • Page 416: Phone: 800.894.0412 - Fax: 888.723.4773 - Web: Www.clrwtr.com - Email: Info@Clrwtr.com

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual Diagnostics & error management Error messages of the operating system FC03: Field controller limitation [xx.0123.00099] Response (Lenze setting printed in bold) Setting: C00570/4 Adjustable response) 0: No Reaction 1: Fault 2: Trouble 3: TroubleQuickStop...

  • Page 417: Phone: 800.894.0412 - Fax: 888.723.4773 - Web: Www.clrwtr.com - Email: Info@Clrwtr.com

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual Diagnostics & error management Error messages of the operating system An01: AIN1_I < 4 mA [xx.0125.00001] Response (Lenze setting printed in bold) Setting: C00598/1 Adjustable response) 0: No Reaction 1: Fault 2: Trouble 3: TroubleQuickStop...

  • Page 418: Phone: 800.894.0412 - Fax: 888.723.4773 - Web: Www.clrwtr.com - Email: Info@Clrwtr.com

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual Diagnostics & error management Error messages of the operating system CA07: CAN bus warning [xx.0131.00007] Response (Lenze setting printed in bold) Setting: C00592/3 Adjustable response) 0: No Reaction 1: Fault 2: Trouble 3: TroubleQuickStop...

  • Page 419: Phone: 800.894.0412 - Fax: 888.723.4773 - Web: Www.clrwtr.com - Email: Info@Clrwtr.com

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual Diagnostics & error management Error messages of the operating system CE2: CAN RPDO2 [xx.0135.00002] Response (Lenze setting printed in bold) Setting: C00593/2 Adjustable response) 0: No Reaction 1: Fault 2: Trouble 3: TroubleQuickStop 4: WarningLocked...

  • Page 420: Phone: 800.894.0412 - Fax: 888.723.4773 - Web: Www.clrwtr.com - Email: Info@Clrwtr.com

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual Diagnostics & error management Error messages of the operating system PS02: Par. set invalid [xx.0144.00002] Response (Lenze setting printed in bold) 0: No Reaction 1: Fault 2: Trouble 3: TroubleQuickStop 4: WarningLocked 5: Warning...

  • Page 421: Phone: 800.894.0412 - Fax: 888.723.4773 - Web: Www.clrwtr.com - Email: Info@Clrwtr.com

    IDs. binding IDs. • Consult the machine manufacturer. Note: Lenze cannot modify e.g. a replacement device via special access to make it work with a personalised memory module. dF14: SW-HW invalid [xx.0145.00014] Response (Lenze setting printed in bold)

  • Page 422: Phone: 800.894.0412 - Fax: 888.723.4773 - Web: Www.clrwtr.com - Email: Info@Clrwtr.com

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual Diagnostics & error management Error messages of the operating system dF21: BU watchdog [xx.0145.00033] Response (Lenze setting printed in bold) 0: No Reaction 1: Fault 2: Trouble 3: TroubleQuickStop 4: WarningLocked 5: Warning 6: Information...

  • Page 423: Phone: 800.894.0412 - Fax: 888.723.4773 - Web: Www.clrwtr.com - Email: Info@Clrwtr.com

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual Diagnostics & error management Error messages of the operating system dH09: EEPROM power section [xx.0400.00009] Response (Lenze setting printed in bold) 0: No Reaction 1: Fault 2: Trouble 3: TroubleQuickStop 4: WarningLocked 5: Warning...

  • Page 424: Phone: 800.894.0412 - Fax: 888.723.4773 - Web: Www.clrwtr.com - Email: Info@Clrwtr.com

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual Diagnostics & error management Error messages of the operating system US03: User error 3 [xx.0982.00003] Response (Lenze setting printed in bold) Setting: C00581/3 Adjustable response) 0: No Reaction 1: Fault 2: Trouble 3: TroubleQuickStop...

  • Page 425: System Block "Ls_Seterror_1

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual Diagnostics & error management System block "LS_SetError_1" 9.10 System block "LS_SetError_1" This system block is used for error handling within the application.  The application can trip up to four different user error messages with parameterisable error IDs and error responses via the four boolean inputs.

  • Page 426: Phone: 800.894.0412 - Fax: 888.723.4773 - Web: Www.clrwtr.com - Email: Info@Clrwtr.com

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual Diagnostics & error management System block "LS_SetError_1" Parameter Parameter Possible settings Info C00161/1...4 65535 Error ID for user errors 1 ... 4 C00581/1...4 Response to user errors 1 ... 4 0 No response 1 Fault (pulse inhibit)

  • Page 427: System Bus "Can On Board

    CANopen system bus interface classified in different subcategories. • Information on CAN communication modules and CANopen system bus interfaces of other Lenze devices is provided in the "CAN" communication manual in the Lenze library. Firmware ≤ 11.00 - DMS 8.0 EN - 10/2011...

  • Page 428: General Information

    For many years, the system bus (CAN) based on the CANopen communication profile has been integrated in Lenze controllers. Due to the lower number of data objects available, the functionality and compatibility of the previous system bus are lower as compared to CANopen.

  • Page 429: General Data And Application Conditions

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual System bus "CAN on board" General information 10.1.1 General data and application conditions Range Values Communication profile CANopen, DS301 V4.02 Communication medium DIN ISO 11898 Network topology Line terminated at both ends Adjustable node addresses Depending on the number of SDO channels set in C00366: (max.

  • Page 430: Communication Time

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual System bus "CAN on board" General information 10.1.3 Communication time The communication time is the time between the start of a request and the arrival of the corresponding response.  Tip! The communication times in the CAN network depend on: •...

  • Page 431: Possible Settings Via Dip Switch

    Switch: "a" ... "d"  Node address Switch: "1" ... "64" [10-1] DIP switch Lenze setting: All DIP switches are in the "OFF" position  Note! • The DIP switch settings are accepted if a node address is unequal zero when the device or the 24-V supply is switched on by the DIP address.

  • Page 432: Setting The Baud Rate

    The baud rate can be set via code C00351 or with the DIP switches a to d.  Note! • All DIP switches (a ... d, 1 ... 64) = OFF (Lenze setting): – At switching on, the settings under code C00350 (node address) and C00351 (baud rate) will become active.

  • Page 433: Led Status Displays For The System

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual System bus "CAN on board" LED status displays for the system bus Example: Setting of the node address 23 DIP switch Switch position Value Node address = Sum of the values = 16 + 4 + 2 + 1 = 23 10.3...

  • Page 434: Going Online Via System Bus (Can On Board

    The integrated system bus interface (CAN on board, X1 terminal) can also be used for the communication between the »Engineer« and the controller, alternatively to the USB diagnostic adapter.  Lenze offers the following communication accessories for connection to the PC: Communication accessories PC interface...

  • Page 435: Structure Of The Can Data Telegram

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual System bus "CAN on board" Structure of the CAN data telegram 10.6 Structure of the CAN data telegram [10-2] Basic structure of the CAN telegram The following subchapters provide a detailed description of the identifier and the user data.

  • Page 436: Phone: 800.894.0412 - Fax: 888.723.4773 - Web: Www.clrwtr.com - Email: Info@Clrwtr.com

     The basic identifiers for network management (NMT) and sync as well as the basic SDO channel (SDO1) are defined in the CANopen protocol and cannot be changed.  In the Lenze setting, the basic identifiers of the PDOs are preset according to the "Predefined connection set" of DS301, V4.02 and can be changed via parameters/indexes if required.

  • Page 437: Phone: 800.894.0412 - Fax: 888.723.4773 - Web: Www.clrwtr.com - Email: Info@Clrwtr.com

    Parameter data (SDOs – service data objects)  Parameter data are the CANopen indexes or, in case of Lenze devices, the codes.  Parameters are, for instance, used for one-off plant setting during commissioning or when the material is changed on a production machine.

  • Page 438: Communication Phases/Network

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual System bus "CAN on board" Communication phases/network management 10.7 Communication phases/network management Regarding communication via the system bus, the controller distinguishes between the following statuses: Status Explanation "Initialisation" After switch-on, an initialisation run is carried out.

  • Page 439: Status Transitions

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual System bus "CAN on board" Communication phases/network management 10.7.1 Status transitions [10-3] NMT status transitions in the CAN network Transition NMT command Status after Effects on process/parameter data after status change change Initialisation Initialisation starts automatically when the mains is switched on.

  • Page 440: Network Management Telegram (Nmt

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual System bus "CAN on board" Communication phases/network management 10.7.2 Network management telegram (NMT) The telegram for the network management contains identifier "0" and the command included in the user data which consists of the command byte and the node address:...

  • Page 441: Phone: 800.894.0412 - Fax: 888.723.4773 - Web: Www.clrwtr.com - Email: Info@Clrwtr.com

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual System bus "CAN on board" Communication phases/network management 10.7.3 Parameterising the controller as CAN master If the initialisation of the system bus and the associated status change from "Pre- Operational" to "Operational" is not effected by a superimposed host system, the controller can instead be defined to be a "quasi"...

  • Page 442: Process Data Transfer

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual System bus "CAN on board" Process data transfer 10.8 Process data transfer [10-5] PDO data transfer from / to the higher-level host system "BaseLine C" versions have two separate process channels (PDO1 and PDO2) and from the "StateLine"...

  • Page 443: Available Process Data Objects

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual System bus "CAN on board" Process data transfer 10.8.1 Available process data objects Controllers of the 8400 series have a maximum number of 3 receive PDOs (RPDOs) and 3 transmit PDOs (TPDOs). Process data object...

  • Page 444: Phone: 800.894.0412 - Fax: 888.723.4773 - Web: Www.clrwtr.com - Email: Info@Clrwtr.com

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual System bus "CAN on board" Process data transfer 10.8.1.1 RPDO1 | Port block "LP_CanIn1" The LP_CanIn1 port block maps process data object RPDO1 in the FB Editor. dnIn12_p output is available from version 11.00.00!

  • Page 445: Phone: 800.894.0412 - Fax: 888.723.4773 - Web: Www.clrwtr.com - Email: Info@Clrwtr.com

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual System bus "CAN on board" Process data transfer 10.8.1.2 RPDO2 | Port block "LP_CanIn2" The LP_CanIn2 port block maps process data object RPDO2 in the FB Editor. dnIn12_p output is available from version 11.00.00!

  • Page 446: Phone: 800.894.0412 - Fax: 888.723.4773 - Web: Www.clrwtr.com - Email: Info@Clrwtr.com

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual System bus "CAN on board" Process data transfer 10.8.1.3 RPDO3 | Port block "LP_CanIn3" The LP_CanIn3 port block maps process data object RPDO3 in the FB Editor. dnIn12_p output is available from version 11.00.00!

  • Page 447: Phone: 800.894.0412 - Fax: 888.723.4773 - Web: Www.clrwtr.com - Email: Info@Clrwtr.com

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual System bus "CAN on board" Process data transfer 10.8.1.4 TPDO1 | Port block "LP_CanOut1" The LP_CanOut1 port block maps process data object TPDO1 in the FB Editor. Short overview of the parameters for LP_CanOut1:...

  • Page 448: Phone: 800.894.0412 - Fax: 888.723.4773 - Web: Www.clrwtr.com - Email: Info@Clrwtr.com

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual System bus "CAN on board" Process data transfer 10.8.1.5 TPDO2 | Port block "LP_CanOut2" The LP_CanOut2 port block maps process data object TPDO2 in the FB Editor. Short overview of the parameters for LP_CanOut2:...

  • Page 449: Phone: 800.894.0412 - Fax: 888.723.4773 - Web: Www.clrwtr.com - Email: Info@Clrwtr.com

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual System bus "CAN on board" Process data transfer 10.8.1.6 TPDO3 | Port block "LP_CanOut3" The LP_CanOut3 port block maps process data object TPDO3 in the FB Editor. Short overview of the parameters for LP_CanOut3:...

  • Page 450: Identifiers Of The Process Data

    10.8.2 Identifiers of the process data objects In the Lenze setting, the identifier for process data objects PDO1 ... PDO3 consists of a so- called basic identifier (CANBaseID) and the node address set in C00350: Identifier (COB-ID) = basic identifier + node address (node ID) ...

  • Page 451: Transmission Type

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual System bus "CAN on board" Process data transfer 10.8.3 Transmission type Process data objects can be transmitted in an event-controlled or time-controlled manner. The below table shows that it is possible to combine the different methods by means of logic operations (AND, OR): ...

  • Page 452: Phone: 800.894.0412 - Fax: 888.723.4773 - Web: Www.clrwtr.com - Email: Info@Clrwtr.com

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual System bus "CAN on board" Process data transfer Transmission type PDO transmission Logic combination of different cyclic synchronous event-controlled transmission types 1 ... 240 254, 255 Transmission type Description Synchronous and acyclic: The PDO is transmitted on an event-controlled basis with every sync (e.g. when a bit change occurs in the PDO).

  • Page 453: Phone: 800.894.0412 - Fax: 888.723.4773 - Web: Www.clrwtr.com - Email: Info@Clrwtr.com

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual System bus "CAN on board" Process data transfer Blocking time C00324/x a "blocking time" can be set which defines the shortest transmission cycle with the transmission type"asynchronous - manufacturer-specific/device profile-specific". Example: Cycle time = 500 ms, blocking time = 100 ms, data change sporadically: ...

  • Page 454: Pdo Synchronisation Via Sync Telegram

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual System bus "CAN on board" Process data transfer 10.8.4 PDO synchronisation via sync telegram During cyclic transmission, one or more PDOs are transmitted/received in fixed time intervals. An additional specific telegram, the so-called sync telegram, is used for synchronising cyclic process data.

  • Page 455: Monitoring Of The Rpdos For Data

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual System bus "CAN on board" Process data transfer 10.8.5 Monitoring of the RPDOs for data reception Every RPDO1 ... RPDO3 has a parameterisable monitoring time in which the RPDO must arrive. If the RPDO is not received within the monitoring time or with the configured sync, the response parameterised for the respective RPDO is activated.

  • Page 456: Stateline C | Reference Manual

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual System bus "CAN on board" Process data transfer Finally, the following parameters define the value that the process data words are to have when they are decoupled: Parameter Info Lenze setting Value Unit C00343/1 LP_CanIn1:wCtrl DiscVal C00343/2...4...

  • Page 457: Parameter Data Transfer

    Parameter data transfer [10-8] Parameter data transfer via the available parameter data channels Parameters are values stored in codes on Lenze controllers. Two parameter data channels are available for parameter setting, enabling the simultaneous connection of different devices for configuration purposes.

  • Page 458: Identifiers Of The Parameter Data

    Parameter data transfer 10.9.1 Identifiers of the parameter data objects In the Lenze setting, the basic identifiers of the SDOs are preset according to the "Predefined Connection Set". The identifiers of the parameter data objects SDO1 and SDO2 result from the basic...

  • Page 459: Phone: 800.894.0412 - Fax: 888.723.4773 - Web: Www.clrwtr.com - Email: Info@Clrwtr.com

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual System bus "CAN on board" Parameter data transfer 10.9.2.1 Command 1st byte 2nd byte 3rd byte 4th byte 5th byte 6th byte 7th byte 8th byte Command Index Subindex Data 1 Data 2 Data 3...

  • Page 460: Addressing By Means Of Index And Subindex

    HIGH word byte LOW byte HIGH byte LOW byte HIGH byte A parameter (a Lenze code) is addressed as per the following formula: Index = 24575 - (Lenze code number) Example C00011 parameter (motor reference speed) is to be addressed. Calculation: ...

  • Page 461: Data 1 ... Data

    The "Factor" column of the Table of attributes contains a so-called scaling factor for all Lenze parameters. The scaling factor is relevant to the transfer of parameter values which have one or more decimal positions in the parameter list. If the scaling factor is > 1, the value must be multiplied by the indicated scaling factor prior to transmission to be able to transfer the value as an integer.

  • Page 462: Error Messages

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual System bus "CAN on board" Parameter data transfer 10.9.2.4 Error messages 1st byte 2nd byte 3rd byte 4th byte 5th byte 6th byte 7th byte 8th byte Command Index Subindex Error code 0x80 LOW byte...

  • Page 463: Phone: 800.894.0412 - Fax: 888.723.4773 - Web: Www.clrwtr.com - Email: Info@Clrwtr.com

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual System bus "CAN on board" Parameter data transfer Meaning of the error codes The error codes are standardised acc. to DS301, V4.02. Error code Explanation 0x0503 0000 Toggle bit not changed 0x0504 0000 SDO protocol expired...

  • Page 464: Parameter Data Telegram

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual System bus "CAN on board" Parameter data transfer 10.9.3 Parameter data telegram examples 10.9.3.1 Read parameters Task: The heatsink temperature of 43 °C (code C00061, data format INTEGER16, scaling factor 1) of the controller with node address "5" is to be read.

  • Page 465: Write Parameters

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual System bus "CAN on board" Parameter data transfer 10.9.3.2 Write parameters Task: The rated current of the connected motor is to be entered with I = 10.20 A (code C00088) into the controller with node address "2".

  • Page 466: Read Block Parameters

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual System bus "CAN on board" Parameter data transfer 10.9.3.3 Read block parameters Task: The firmware version (code C00099) is to be read from the parameter set of the controller with node address "12". The firmware version has a length of 11 ASCII characters which are transmitted as a block parameter.

  • Page 467: Phone: 800.894.0412 - Fax: 888.723.4773 - Web: Www.clrwtr.com - Email: Info@Clrwtr.com

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual System bus "CAN on board" Parameter data transfer Telegram 2 to the drive: Request of the 1st data block Identifier User data 1st byte 2nd byte 3rd byte 4th byte 5th byte 6th byte...

  • Page 468: Phone: 800.894.0412 - Fax: 888.723.4773 - Web: Www.clrwtr.com - Email: Info@Clrwtr.com

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual System bus "CAN on board" Parameter data transfer Telegram 3 to the drive: Request of the 2nd data block Identifier User data 1st byte 2nd byte 3rd byte 4th byte 5th byte 6th byte...

  • Page 469: Monitoring

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual System bus "CAN on board" Monitoring 10.10 Monitoring 10.10.1 Integrated error detection If a node detects an error, it rejects the CAN telegram bits received so far and transmits an error flag. The error flag consists of 6 consecutive bits with the same logic value.

  • Page 470: Phone: 800.894.0412 - Fax: 888.723.4773 - Web: Www.clrwtr.com - Email: Info@Clrwtr.com

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual System bus "CAN on board" Monitoring  Tip! The errors mentioned before indicate that a physical error has occurred in the bus system. Possible causes are: • Several nodes with identical node address • Wrong baud rate of one or several nodes •...

  • Page 471: Heartbeat Protocol

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual System bus "CAN on board" Monitoring 10.10.2 Heartbeat protocol The heartbeat protocol can be used for node monitoring purposes within a CAN network. Basic workflow r: Reserved (always 0) s: Status of the producer (0: Boot-up, 4: Stopped, 5: Operational, 127: Pre-Operational) [10-9] Heartbeat protocol 1.

  • Page 472: Telegram Structure

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual System bus "CAN on board" Monitoring 10.10.2.1 Telegram structure  The heartbeat telegram of the producer has the following identifier: Identifier (COB-ID) = 1792 + producer's node address  The user data (1 byte) contain the status (s) of the producer:...

  • Page 473: Phone: 800.894.0412 - Fax: 888.723.4773 - Web: Www.clrwtr.com - Email: Info@Clrwtr.com

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual System bus "CAN on board" Monitoring  The maximum number of the nodes to be monitored depends on the device version: – "BaseLine C": 1 Heartbeat Producer can be monitored. – "StateLine": Up to 7 Heartbeat Producers can be monitored.

  • Page 474: Commissioning Example

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual System bus "CAN on board" Monitoring 10.10.2.3 Commissioning example Task An 8400 controller (node 2) which is configured as heartbeat consumer is to monitor another 8400 controller (heartbeat producer, node 1).  The heartbeat producer is to transmit a heartbeat telegram to the heartbeat consumer every 10 ms.

  • Page 475: Emergency Telegram

    LOW byte HIGH byte LOW byte HIGH byte See table below • For emergency error code 0xF000: Lenze error number (value displayed in C00168) • All other emergency error codes have a value of "0" here. Emergency error codes Error register...

  • Page 476: Implemented Canopen Objects

    CANopen objects for parameter setting. The CANopen objects described in this chapter are defined in the CAN specification DS301 V4.02. Many CANopen objects can be mapped on Lenze codes. In the following table, the corresponding Lenze codes are listed in the column "Relationship to Lenze codes".

  • Page 477: Phone: 800.894.0412 - Fax: 888.723.4773 - Web: Www.clrwtr.com - Email: Info@Clrwtr.com

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual System bus "CAN on board" Implemented CANopen objects CANopen object Relationship to Lenze code Index Subindex Name I-1400 RPDO1 communication parameter Highest subindex supported COB-ID used by RPDO C00355/1 Transmission type C00323/1 I-1401 RPDO2 communication parameter...

  • Page 478: Phone: 800.894.0412 - Fax: 888.723.4773 - Web: Www.clrwtr.com - Email: Info@Clrwtr.com

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual System bus "CAN on board" Implemented CANopen objects CANopen object Relationship to Lenze code Index Subindex Name I-1A00 TPDO1 mapping parameter Number of mapped application objects in PDO 1 ... 4 Application object 1 ... 4 C00868/1...4...

  • Page 479: Phone: 800.894.0412 - Fax: 888.723.4773 - Web: Www.clrwtr.com - Email: Info@Clrwtr.com

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual System bus "CAN on board" Implemented CANopen objects I-1000 Index Name: I-1000 Device type Subindex Default setting Display range (min. value | unit | max. value) Access Data type 0: Device type 4294967295 ro The CANopen index I-1000 specifies the profile for this device.

  • Page 480: Phone: 800.894.0412 - Fax: 888.723.4773 - Web: Www.clrwtr.com - Email: Info@Clrwtr.com

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual System bus "CAN on board" Implemented CANopen objects I-1003 Index: Name: I-1003 Predefined error field Subindex Default setting Setting range (min. value | unit | max. value) Access Data type 0: Number of errors 255 rw 1 ...

  • Page 481: Phone: 800.894.0412 - Fax: 888.723.4773 - Web: Www.clrwtr.com - Email: Info@Clrwtr.com

    I-1006. Writing identifiers To receive PDOs, the value 0x80 must be entered in the 11-bit identifier in the Lenze setting (and according to CANopen specification) . This means that all modules are by default set to the same sync telegram.

  • Page 482: Phone: 800.894.0412 - Fax: 888.723.4773 - Web: Www.clrwtr.com - Email: Info@Clrwtr.com

    Setting the sync telegram cycle time.  The cycle time can be selected as "1000" or as an integer multiple of it.  If "0 μs" is set (Lenze setting), no sync telegrams are created.  This object relates to code C00369.

  • Page 483: Phone: 800.894.0412 - Fax: 888.723.4773 - Web: Www.clrwtr.com - Email: Info@Clrwtr.com

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual System bus "CAN on board" Implemented CANopen objects I-1016 Index: Name: I-1016 Consumer heartbeat time Subindex Default setting Setting range (min. value | unit | max. value) Access Data type 0: Highest subindex supported...

  • Page 484: Phone: 800.894.0412 - Fax: 888.723.4773 - Web: Www.clrwtr.com - Email: Info@Clrwtr.com

    3: Revision number 4: Serial number Subindex Meaning Manufacturer's identification number • The identification number allocated to Lenze by the organisation "CAN in Automation e. V." is "0x0000003B". Product code 0x84001 8400 BaseLine C 0x84002 8400 StateLine C 0x84003 8400 HighLine C...

  • Page 485: Phone: 800.894.0412 - Fax: 888.723.4773 - Web: Www.clrwtr.com - Email: Info@Clrwtr.com

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual System bus "CAN on board" Implemented CANopen objects I-1200 Index: Name: I-1200 SDO1 server parameter Subindex Default setting Display range (min. value | unit | max. value) Access Data type 0: Highest subindex supported 2 ro 1: COB-ID client ->...

  • Page 486: Phone: 800.894.0412 - Fax: 888.723.4773 - Web: Www.clrwtr.com - Email: Info@Clrwtr.com

     The SDO server parameter is only valid, if bit 31 is set to "0" for both transmission directions (subindex 1 and 2).  In the Lenze setting, the SDO server channels 2 are deactivated (bit 31 = "1").  The identifier can only be changed if the SDO is invalid (bit 31 = "1").

  • Page 487: Phone: 800.894.0412 - Fax: 888.723.4773 - Web: Www.clrwtr.com - Email: Info@Clrwtr.com

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual System bus "CAN on board" Implemented CANopen objects Example Parameter data channel 2 of the controller with node address 4 shall be activated.  For this, bit 31 must be set to "0" (≡ "SDO is valid") in subindices 1 and 2 of the object 1201.

  • Page 488: Phone: 800.894.0412 - Fax: 888.723.4773 - Web: Www.clrwtr.com - Email: Info@Clrwtr.com

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual System bus "CAN on board" Implemented CANopen objects I-1400 Index: Name: I-1400 RPDO1 communication parameter Subindex Default setting Setting range (min. value | unit | max. value) Access Data type 0: Highest subindex supported...

  • Page 489: Phone: 800.894.0412 - Fax: 888.723.4773 - Web: Www.clrwtr.com - Email: Info@Clrwtr.com

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual System bus "CAN on board" Implemented CANopen objects Description of subindex 2 PDO transmission Transmission type Explanation cyclic synchronous event-controlled n = 1 ... 240 When a value n is entered, this PDO will be accepted with every nth SYNC.

  • Page 490: Phone: 800.894.0412 - Fax: 888.723.4773 - Web: Www.clrwtr.com - Email: Info@Clrwtr.com

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual System bus "CAN on board" Implemented CANopen objects I-1402 Index: Name: I-1402 RPDO3 communication parameter Subindex Default setting Setting range (min. value | unit | max. value) Access Data type 0: Highest subindex supported...

  • Page 491: Phone: 800.894.0412 - Fax: 888.723.4773 - Web: Www.clrwtr.com - Email: Info@Clrwtr.com

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual System bus "CAN on board" Implemented CANopen objects I-1600 Index: Name: I-1600 RPDO1 mapping parameter Subindex Default setting Setting range (min. value | unit | max. value) Access Data type 0: Number of mapped application...

  • Page 492: Phone: 800.894.0412 - Fax: 888.723.4773 - Web: Www.clrwtr.com - Email: Info@Clrwtr.com

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual System bus "CAN on board" Implemented CANopen objects I-1602 Index: Name: I-1602 RPDO3 mapping parameter Subindex Default setting Setting range (min. value | unit | max. value) Access Data type 0: Number of mapped application...

  • Page 493: Phone: 800.894.0412 - Fax: 888.723.4773 - Web: Www.clrwtr.com - Email: Info@Clrwtr.com

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual System bus "CAN on board" Implemented CANopen objects I-1800 Index: Name: I-1800 TPDO1 communication parameter Subindex Default setting Setting range (min. value | unit | max. value) Access Data type 0: Highest subindex supported...

  • Page 494: Phone: 800.894.0412 - Fax: 888.723.4773 - Web: Www.clrwtr.com - Email: Info@Clrwtr.com

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual System bus "CAN on board" Implemented CANopen objects Subindex 2 - transmission type PDO transmission Transmission type Explanation cyclic synchronous event- controlled n = 1 ... 240 When a value n is entered, this PDO will be accepted with every nth SYNC.

  • Page 495: Phone: 800.894.0412 - Fax: 888.723.4773 - Web: Www.clrwtr.com - Email: Info@Clrwtr.com

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual System bus "CAN on board" Implemented CANopen objects I-1801 Index: Name: I-1801 TPDO2 communication parameter Subindex Default setting Setting range (min. value | unit | max. value) Access Data type 0: Highest subindex supported...

  • Page 496: Phone: 800.894.0412 - Fax: 888.723.4773 - Web: Www.clrwtr.com - Email: Info@Clrwtr.com

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual System bus "CAN on board" Implemented CANopen objects I-1802 Index: Name: I-1802 TPDO3 communication parameter Subindex Default setting Setting range (min. value | unit | max. value) Access Data type 0: Highest subindex supported...

  • Page 497: Phone: 800.894.0412 - Fax: 888.723.4773 - Web: Www.clrwtr.com - Email: Info@Clrwtr.com

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual System bus "CAN on board" Implemented CANopen objects I-1A00 Index: Name: I-1A00 TPDO1 mapping parameter Subindex Default setting Setting range (min. value | unit | max. value) Access Data type 0: Number of mapped application...

  • Page 498: Phone: 800.894.0412 - Fax: 888.723.4773 - Web: Www.clrwtr.com - Email: Info@Clrwtr.com

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual System bus "CAN on board" Implemented CANopen objects I-1A02 Index: Name: I-1A02 TPDO3 mapping parameter Subindex Default setting Setting range (min. value | unit | max. value) Access Data type 0: Number of mapped application...

  • Page 499: Phone: 800.894.0412 - Fax: 888.723.4773 - Web: Www.clrwtr.com - Email: Info@Clrwtr.com

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual System bus "CAN on board" Internal interfaces | System block "LS_CANManagement" 10.12 Internal interfaces | System block "LS_CANManagement" This function extension is only available from version 04.00.00! The LS_CANManagement system block serves to control internal functions of the CAN driver (reset node and re-initialisation) and to display the "Operational"...

  • Page 500: Phone: 800.894.0412 - Fax: 888.723.4773 - Web: Www.clrwtr.com - Email: Info@Clrwtr.com

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual Fieldbus interface Fieldbus interface The drive controllers of the 8400 series can accommodate plug-in communication modules and can therefore take part in the data transfer of an existing fieldbus system. When using a communication module, the major advantage for the user is the possibility of parameterising, controlling, and diagnosing the drive system via the available fieldbus.

  • Page 501: Phone: 800.894.0412 - Fax: 888.723.4773 - Web: Www.clrwtr.com - Email: Info@Clrwtr.com

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual Fieldbus interface Process data transfer 11.1 Process data transfer The process data serve to control the controller. Thus the transfer of the process data is time-critical.  The process cycle is 1 ms, irrespective of the respectively plugged-in bus system and the type of drive controller.

  • Page 502: Phone: 800.894.0412 - Fax: 888.723.4773 - Web: Www.clrwtr.com - Email: Info@Clrwtr.com

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual Fieldbus interface Process data transfer Voltage supply Depending on the complexity and functional range of the fieldbus, the communication modules are supplied by the standard device or an external 24 supply at the module.

  • Page 503: Phone: 800.894.0412 - Fax: 888.723.4773 - Web: Www.clrwtr.com - Email: Info@Clrwtr.com

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual Fieldbus interface Control mode "MCI" 11.2 Control mode "MCI" "40: MCI" can be selected as a control mode in C00007 in order to quickly and easily set-up drive controller control by means of MCI-PDOs via the fieldbus interface.

  • Page 504: Phone: 800.894.0412 - Fax: 888.723.4773 - Web: Www.clrwtr.com - Email: Info@Clrwtr.com

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual Fieldbus interface Control mode "MCI" 11.2.1 Port block "LP_MciIn" The LP_MciIn port block maps the received MCI-PDOs in the FB Editor. dnIn34_p output is available from Version 06.00.00! Outputs dnIn56_p and dnIn78_p are available from version 11.00.00!

  • Page 505: Phone: 800.894.0412 - Fax: 888.723.4773 - Web: Www.clrwtr.com - Email: Info@Clrwtr.com

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual Fieldbus interface Control mode "MCI" 11.2.2 Port block "LP_MciOut" The LP_MciOut port block maps the MCI-PDOs to be transmitted in the FB Editor. dnOut34_p input is available from version 06.00.00! Short overview of the parameters for LP_MciOut:...

  • Page 506: Phone: 800.894.0412 - Fax: 888.723.4773 - Web: Www.clrwtr.com - Email: Info@Clrwtr.com

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual Synchronisation of the internal time base Synchronisation of the internal time base In a drive system, synchronising the internal time bases of all controllers involved makes sense because cyclic process data should be processed synchronously in all drives.

  • Page 507: Phone: 800.894.0412 - Fax: 888.723.4773 - Web: Www.clrwtr.com - Email: Info@Clrwtr.com

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual Synchronisation of the internal time base Sync phase position The phase position determines the zero-time of the internal system cycle with regard to the synchronisation signal (bus cycle). Since PDO processing is an inherent part of the system part of the application, the instant of acceptance of the PDOs is postponed as well by a changed phase position.

  • Page 508: Phone: 800.894.0412 - Fax: 888.723.4773 - Web: Www.clrwtr.com - Email: Info@Clrwtr.com

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual Synchronisation of the internal time base Internal interfaces | System block "LS_SyncManagement" 12.1 Internal interfaces | System block "LS_SyncManagement" This function extension is available from version 11.00.00! The SB LS_SyncManagement provides status information for synchronising the internal...

  • Page 509: Phone: 800.894.0412 - Fax: 888.723.4773 - Web: Www.clrwtr.com - Email: Info@Clrwtr.com

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual Parameter change-over Internal interfaces | System block "LS_WriteParamList" Parameter change-over This function extension is only available from version 04.00.00! For up to 32 freely selectable parameters, this basic function provides a change-over between four sets with different parameter values.

  • Page 510: Phone: 800.894.0412 - Fax: 888.723.4773 - Web: Www.clrwtr.com - Email: Info@Clrwtr.com

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual Parameter change-over Configuring the list using the »Engineer« parameterisation dialog Outputs Identifier Value/meaning Data type bDone "Writing of the parameter list completed" status signal • The output is automatically reset to FALSE if writing via bExecute is activated BOOL again.

  • Page 511: Phone: 800.894.0412 - Fax: 888.723.4773 - Web: Www.clrwtr.com - Email: Info@Clrwtr.com

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual Parameter change-over Configuring the list using the »Engineer« parameterisation dialog Firmware ≤ 11.00 - DMS 8.0 EN - 10/2011 Phone: 800.894.0412 - Fax: 888.723.4773 - Web: www.clrwtr.com - Email: info@clrwtr.com...

  • Page 512: Phone: 800.894.0412 - Fax: 888.723.4773 - Web: Www.clrwtr.com - Email: Info@Clrwtr.com

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual Parameter change-over Configuring the list using the »Engineer« parameterisation dialog Creating/changing the list  To create or change the list, proceed as follows: 1. Click on Change list button. • The dialog box entitled Configure WriteParamList is shown: •...

  • Page 513: Phone: 800.894.0412 - Fax: 888.723.4773 - Web: Www.clrwtr.com - Email: Info@Clrwtr.com

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual Parameter change-over Configuring the list using the »Engineer« parameterisation dialog 3. Click on the button in order to add the highlighted parameters to the WriteParamList on the right-hand side. • With the buttons, you can alter the sequence of parameters in the WriteParamList.

  • Page 514: Phone: 800.894.0412 - Fax: 888.723.4773 - Web: Www.clrwtr.com - Email: Info@Clrwtr.com

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual Parameter change-over Configuring the list by means of parameterisation Importing/exporting the list For cross-device reuse of the configured WriteParamList, you can click on the Export list and Import list buttons to save the parameter selection as an *.epc file and then to re-import the saved *.epc file into another drive controller 8400.

  • Page 515: Phone: 800.894.0412 - Fax: 888.723.4773 - Web: Www.clrwtr.com - Email: Info@Clrwtr.com

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual Parameter change-over Selecting a value set Entering other values for the parameters (value sets 2 ... 4) If required, up to three other sets can be set in the same way in C01087/1 ... n C01089/ 1 ...

  • Page 516: Phone: 800.894.0412 - Fax: 888.723.4773 - Web: Www.clrwtr.com - Email: Info@Clrwtr.com

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual Parameter change-over Activating the writing of the parameters After successful completion ... the bDone output is set to TRUE.  The bDone output is automatically reset to FALSE if writing via bExecute is activated again.

  • Page 517: Phone: 800.894.0412 - Fax: 888.723.4773 - Web: Www.clrwtr.com - Email: Info@Clrwtr.com

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual Parameter reference Parameter reference This chapter describes all parameters which can be used for parameterising and monitoring the controller. Parameters which are only available in the controller from a certain software version onwards are marked with a corresponding note in the parameter description ("from version xx.xx.xx").

  • Page 518: Phone: 800.894.0412 - Fax: 888.723.4773 - Web: Www.clrwtr.com - Email: Info@Clrwtr.com

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual Parameter reference Structure of the parameter descriptions 14.1 Structure of the parameter descriptions Each parameter is described in the Parameter list in the form of a table which consists of the following three areas:...

  • Page 519: Phone: 800.894.0412 - Fax: 888.723.4773 - Web: Www.clrwtr.com - Email: Info@Clrwtr.com

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual Parameter reference Structure of the parameter descriptions 14.1.1 Data type The parameters can be of the following data types: Data type Meaning INTEGER_16 16-bit value with sign INTEGER_32 32-bit value with sign UNSIGNED_8 8-bit value without sign...

  • Page 520: Phone: 800.894.0412 - Fax: 888.723.4773 - Web: Www.clrwtr.com - Email: Info@Clrwtr.com

    Only parameters with a check mark ( ) in front of the "write access" attribute can be changed by the user. The Lenze setting for these parameters is printed in bold.  The settings can either be selected from a selection list or the values can be entered directly.

  • Page 521: Phone: 800.894.0412 - Fax: 888.723.4773 - Web: Www.clrwtr.com - Email: Info@Clrwtr.com

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual Parameter reference Structure of the parameter descriptions Parameter setting in the »Engineer« In the »Engineer«, a list field is used for parameter setting: 14.1.3.3 Parameters with bit-coded setting Description structure Parameter | Name: Data type: _______...

  • Page 522: Phone: 800.894.0412 - Fax: 888.723.4773 - Web: Www.clrwtr.com - Email: Info@Clrwtr.com

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual Parameter reference Structure of the parameter descriptions 14.1.3.4 Parameters with subcodes Description structure Parameter | Name: Data type: _______ Cxxxxx | _____________ Index: _______ Description Setting range (min. value | unit | max. value)

  • Page 523: Phone: 800.894.0412 - Fax: 888.723.4773 - Web: Www.clrwtr.com - Email: Info@Clrwtr.com

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual Parameter reference Structure of the parameter descriptions Scaling factor The "scaling factor" is important for parameter access via a bus system. Signal type Scaling factor Resolution Value range Analog (scaled) 16 bits signed ± 199.99 %...

  • Page 524: Phone: 800.894.0412 - Fax: 888.723.4773 - Web: Www.clrwtr.com - Email: Info@Clrwtr.com

    Subcodes Lenze setting Info C00002/1 0: Off / ready Load Lenze setting • All parameters are reset to the Lenze setting. • Only possible when the controller is inhibited. C00002/2 0: Off / ready Reserved C00002/3 0: Off / ready...

  • Page 525: Phone: 800.894.0412 - Fax: 888.723.4773 - Web: Www.clrwtr.com - Email: Info@Clrwtr.com

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual Parameter reference Parameter list C00002/3 0: Off / ready Reserved C00002/4 0: Off / ready Reserved C00002/5 0: Off / ready Reserved C00002/6 0: Off / ready Load all parameter sets • All parameter sets are loaded by the memory module.

  • Page 526: Phone: 800.894.0412 - Fax: 888.723.4773 - Web: Www.clrwtr.com - Email: Info@Clrwtr.com

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual Parameter reference Parameter list | C00002 Parameter | Name: Data type: UNSIGNED_8 C00002 | Device command Index: 24573 = 5FFD C00002/26 0: Off / ready CAN reset node • Reinitialise "CAN on board" interface.

  • Page 527: Phone: 800.894.0412 - Fax: 888.723.4773 - Web: Www.clrwtr.com - Email: Info@Clrwtr.com

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual Parameter reference Parameter list | C00003 C00003 Parameter | Name: Data type: UNSIGNED_8 C00003 | Status of last device command Index: 24572 = 5FFC Status of the device command carried out last (C00002). Note:...

  • Page 528: Phone: 800.894.0412 - Fax: 888.723.4773 - Web: Www.clrwtr.com - Email: Info@Clrwtr.com

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual Parameter reference Parameter list | C00006 Parameter | Name: Data type: UNSIGNED_8 C00006 | Motor control Index: 24569 = 5FF9 4 SLVC: Vector control This control type is used for sensorless vector control of an asynchronous motor.

  • Page 529: Phone: 800.894.0412 - Fax: 888.723.4773 - Web: Www.clrwtr.com - Email: Info@Clrwtr.com

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual Parameter reference Parameter list | C00007 C00007 Parameter | Name: Data type: UNSIGNED_16 C00007 | Control mode Index: 24568 = 5FF8 With this parameter the control mode for the technology application selected under C00005 is defined, i.e.

  • Page 530: Phone: 800.894.0412 - Fax: 888.723.4773 - Web: Www.clrwtr.com - Email: Info@Clrwtr.com

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual Parameter reference Parameter list | C00008 "Switch-off positioning" TA Input/output 10: Terminals 0 12: Terminals 2 14: Terminals 11 16: Terminals 16 Controller enable Controller enable / Reset of error message Fixed setpoint 1/3...

  • Page 531: Phone: 800.894.0412 - Fax: 888.723.4773 - Web: Www.clrwtr.com - Email: Info@Clrwtr.com

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual Parameter reference Parameter list | C00010 Parameter | Name: Data type: UNSIGNED_16 C00008 | Original application|control source Index: 24567 = 5FF7 1021 Speed|PC Application: Actuating drive speed I/O level: "PC" control mode 1030 Speed|CAN Application: Actuating drive speed I/O level: "CAN"...

  • Page 532: Phone: 800.894.0412 - Fax: 888.723.4773 - Web: Www.clrwtr.com - Email: Info@Clrwtr.com

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual Parameter reference Parameter list | C00011 C00011 Parameter | Name: Data type: UNSIGNED_16 C00011 | Appl.: Reference speed Index: 24564 = 5FF4 Setting the reference speed • In the controller, all speed-related signals are processed to one reference variable in percent.

  • Page 533: Phone: 800.894.0412 - Fax: 888.723.4773 - Web: Www.clrwtr.com - Email: Info@Clrwtr.com

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual Parameter reference Parameter list | C00018 C00018 Parameter | Name: Data type: UNSIGNED_8 C00018 | Switching frequency Index: 24557 = 5FED Selection of the pulse width modulated switching frequency transferred from the inverter to the motor •...

  • Page 534: Phone: 800.894.0412 - Fax: 888.723.4773 - Web: Www.clrwtr.com - Email: Info@Clrwtr.com

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual Parameter reference Parameter list | C00021 C00021 Parameter | Name: Data type: INTEGER_16 C00021 | Slip comp. Index: 24554 = 5FEA Slip compensation for V/f characteristic control (VFCplus) and sensorless vector control (SLVC) • A higher slip compensation results in a higher increase in frequency and voltage when the machine is under load.

  • Page 535: Phone: 800.894.0412 - Fax: 888.723.4773 - Web: Www.clrwtr.com - Email: Info@Clrwtr.com

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual Parameter reference Parameter list | C00027 C00027 Parameter | Name: Data type: INTEGER_32 C00027 | AINx: Gain Index: 24548 = 5FE4 Gain for analog input Analog terminals Setting range (min. value | unit | max. value) -100.0000...

  • Page 536: Phone: 800.894.0412 - Fax: 888.723.4773 - Web: Www.clrwtr.com - Email: Info@Clrwtr.com

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual Parameter reference Parameter list | C00034 C00034 Parameter | Name: Data type: UNSIGNED_8 C00034 | AINx: Configuration Index: 24541 = 5FDD Configuration of the analog input for current or voltage measurement Analog terminals Selection list Info 0 -10...+10 V...

  • Page 537: Phone: 800.894.0412 - Fax: 888.723.4773 - Web: Www.clrwtr.com - Email: Info@Clrwtr.com

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual Parameter reference Parameter list | C00050 C00050 Parameter | Name: Data type: INTEGER_32 C00050 | MCTRL: Speed setpoint Index: 24525 = 5FCD Display of the speed setpoint at the speed setpoint input of the motor control Display range (min.

  • Page 538: Phone: 800.894.0412 - Fax: 888.723.4773 - Web: Www.clrwtr.com - Email: Info@Clrwtr.com

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual Parameter reference Parameter list | C00055 C00055 Parameter | Name: Data type: INTEGER_16 C00055 | Actual values Index: 24520 = 5FC8 Note: When a single-track feedback has been selected for the HTL encoder (C00115 = 1 or 3), the sign of the actual speed value is created from the sign of the speed setpoint.

  • Page 539: Phone: 800.894.0412 - Fax: 888.723.4773 - Web: Www.clrwtr.com - Email: Info@Clrwtr.com

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual Parameter reference Parameter list | C00061 C00061 Parameter | Name: Data type: INTEGER_16 C00061 | Heatsink temperature Index: 24514 = 5FC2 Display of the current heatsink temperature Display range (min. value | unit | max. value) °C...

  • Page 540: Phone: 800.894.0412 - Fax: 888.723.4773 - Web: Www.clrwtr.com - Email: Info@Clrwtr.com

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual Parameter reference Parameter list | C00066 C00066 Parameter | Name: Data type: INTEGER_16 C00066 | Thermal motor load (I²xt) Index: 24509 = 5FBD Display of the thermal motor load, sensorlessly determined using a motor model •...

  • Page 541: Phone: 800.894.0412 - Fax: 888.723.4773 - Web: Www.clrwtr.com - Email: Info@Clrwtr.com

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual Parameter reference Parameter list | C00073 C00073 Parameter | Name: Data type: UNSIGNED_16 C00073 | Imax/M controller gain Index: 24502 = 5FB6 Amplification factor Vp of certain controllers for different motor control modes Setting range (min.

  • Page 542: Phone: 800.894.0412 - Fax: 888.723.4773 - Web: Www.clrwtr.com - Email: Info@Clrwtr.com

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual Parameter reference Parameter list | C00079 C00079 Parameter | Name: Data type: UNSIGNED_8 C00079 | SC: Settings Index: 24496 = 5FB0 Configuration of various options for sensorless control for synchronous motors (SLPSM) Selection list...

  • Page 543: Phone: 800.894.0412 - Fax: 888.723.4773 - Web: Www.clrwtr.com - Email: Info@Clrwtr.com

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual Parameter reference Parameter list | C00083 C00083 Parameter | Name: Data type: UNSIGNED_16 C00083 | Motor rotor time constant Index: 24492 = 5FAC From version 02.00.00 Display of the rotor time constant of the motor •...

  • Page 544: Phone: 800.894.0412 - Fax: 888.723.4773 - Web: Www.clrwtr.com - Email: Info@Clrwtr.com

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual Parameter reference Parameter list | C00089 C00089 Parameter | Name: Data type: UNSIGNED_16 C00089 | Rated motor frequency Index: 24486 = 5FA6 This value can be obtained from the motor nameplate. After the motor to be used has been selected from the motor catalogue, the suitable value can be entered automatically.

  • Page 545: Phone: 800.894.0412 - Fax: 888.723.4773 - Web: Www.clrwtr.com - Email: Info@Clrwtr.com

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual Parameter reference Parameter list | C00097 C00097 Parameter | Name: Data type: UNSIGNED_32 C00097 | Rated motor torque Index: 24478 = 5F9E Display of the rated motor torque • The value displayed here is calculated from different parameters, e.g. the maximum current set in C00022.

  • Page 546: Phone: 800.894.0412 - Fax: 888.723.4773 - Web: Www.clrwtr.com - Email: Info@Clrwtr.com

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual Parameter reference Parameter list | C00103 C00103 Parameter | Name: Data type: UNSIGNED_32 C00103 | Add. decel. time x Index: 24472 = 5F98 L_NSet_1 FB: Additional deceleration times for the main setpoint • The additional deceleration times set here can be selected via the binary inputs bTI1 ... bTI8 of the...

  • Page 547: Phone: 800.894.0412 - Fax: 888.723.4773 - Web: Www.clrwtr.com - Email: Info@Clrwtr.com

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual Parameter reference Parameter list | C00114 C00114 Parameter | Name: Data type: UNSIGNED_16 C00114 | DigInX: Inversion Index: 24461 = 5F8D The polarity of each digital input of the device can be inverted via this bit field.

  • Page 548: Phone: 800.894.0412 - Fax: 888.723.4773 - Web: Www.clrwtr.com - Email: Info@Clrwtr.com

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual Parameter reference Parameter list | C00118 C00118 Parameter | Name: Data type: UNSIGNED_8 C00118 | DigOutX: Inversion Index: 24457 = 5F89 The polarity of each digital output of the device can be inverted via this bit field.

  • Page 549: Phone: 800.894.0412 - Fax: 888.723.4773 - Web: Www.clrwtr.com - Email: Info@Clrwtr.com

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual Parameter reference Parameter list | C00130 C00130 Parameter | Name: Data type: UNSIGNED_16 C00130 | Rated power - brake resistor Index: 24445 = 5F7D From version 03.00.00 Rated power of the connected brake resistor •...

  • Page 550: Phone: 800.894.0412 - Fax: 888.723.4773 - Web: Www.clrwtr.com - Email: Info@Clrwtr.com

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual Parameter reference Parameter list | C00136 C00136 Parameter | Name: Data type: UNSIGNED_16 C00136 | Communication control words Index: 24439 = 5F77 Control words of the communication interfaces Display area (min. hex value | max. hex value)

  • Page 551: Phone: 800.894.0412 - Fax: 888.723.4773 - Web: Www.clrwtr.com - Email: Info@Clrwtr.com

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual Parameter reference Parameter list | C00137 C00137 Parameter | Name: Data type: UNSIGNED_16 C00137 | Device status Index: 24438 = 5F76 Display of the current device status Selection list (read only) 0 FirmwareUpdate 1 Init...

  • Page 552: Phone: 800.894.0412 - Fax: 888.723.4773 - Web: Www.clrwtr.com - Email: Info@Clrwtr.com

    Index: 24433 = 5F71 C00142 | Auto-start option Starting performance of the controller after mains connection, undervoltage, loading of the Lenze setting as well as a reset of "Trouble" or "Fault" can be parameterised individually. Automatic restart after mains connection/fault...

  • Page 553: Phone: 800.894.0412 - Fax: 888.723.4773 - Web: Www.clrwtr.com - Email: Info@Clrwtr.com

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual Parameter reference Parameter list | C00144 C00144 Parameter | Name: Data type: UNSIGNED_8 C00144 | Switching freq. reduct. (Temp.) Index: 24431 = 5F6F Activation of the automatic switching frequency reduction if the temperature is too high...

  • Page 554: Phone: 800.894.0412 - Fax: 888.723.4773 - Web: Www.clrwtr.com - Email: Info@Clrwtr.com

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual Parameter reference Parameter list | C00150 C00150 Parameter | Name: Data type: UNSIGNED_16 C00150 | Status word Index: 24425 = 5F69 Bit coded device status word Display area (min. hex value | max. hex value)

  • Page 555: Phone: 800.894.0412 - Fax: 888.723.4773 - Web: Www.clrwtr.com - Email: Info@Clrwtr.com

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual Parameter reference Parameter list | C00155 C00155 Parameter | Name: Data type: UNSIGNED_16 C00155 | Extended status word Index: 24420 = 5F64 Bit coded device status word 2 Display area (min. hex value | max. hex value)

  • Page 556: Phone: 800.894.0412 - Fax: 888.723.4773 - Web: Www.clrwtr.com - Email: Info@Clrwtr.com

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual Parameter reference Parameter list | C00158 C00158 Parameter | Name: Data type: UNSIGNED_16 C00158 | Cause of controller inhibit Index: 24417 = 5F61 Bit coded display of the cause/source of the controller inhibit Display area (min.

  • Page 557: Phone: 800.894.0412 - Fax: 888.723.4773 - Web: Www.clrwtr.com - Email: Info@Clrwtr.com

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual Parameter reference Parameter list | C00159 C00159 Parameter | Name: Data type: UNSIGNED_16 C00159 | Cause of quick stop QSP Index: 24416 = 5F60 Bit coded display of the cause/source of the quick stop Display area (min.

  • Page 558: Phone: 800.894.0412 - Fax: 888.723.4773 - Web: Www.clrwtr.com - Email: Info@Clrwtr.com

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual Parameter reference Parameter list | C00163 C00163 Parameter | Name: Data type: UNSIGNED_16 C00163 | Logbook - binary elements Index: 24412 = 5F5C Selection of two binary signals to be logged in the logbook...

  • Page 559: Phone: 800.894.0412 - Fax: 888.723.4773 - Web: Www.clrwtr.com - Email: Info@Clrwtr.com

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual Parameter reference Parameter list | C00163 Parameter | Name: Data type: UNSIGNED_16 C00163 | Logbook - binary elements Index: 24412 = 5F5C 42 CAN3 input bit 3 43 CAN3 input bit 4 44 CAN3 input bit 5...

  • Page 560: Phone: 800.894.0412 - Fax: 888.723.4773 - Web: Www.clrwtr.com - Email: Info@Clrwtr.com

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual Parameter reference Parameter list | C00164 Parameter | Name: Data type: UNSIGNED_16 C00163 | Logbook - binary elements Index: 24412 = 5F5C 86 MCI word2 input bit15 87 Position controller: Limit 88 Speed controller: Limit...

  • Page 561: Phone: 800.894.0412 - Fax: 888.723.4773 - Web: Www.clrwtr.com - Email: Info@Clrwtr.com

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual Parameter reference Parameter list | C00164 Parameter | Name: Data type: UNSIGNED_16 C00164 | Logbook - analog elements Index: 24411 = 5F5B 10 CAN3 input word 1 11 CAN3 input word 2 12 CAN3 input word 3...

  • Page 562: Phone: 800.894.0412 - Fax: 888.723.4773 - Web: Www.clrwtr.com - Email: Info@Clrwtr.com

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual Parameter reference Parameter list | C00165 Parameter | Name: Data type: UNSIGNED_16 C00164 | Logbook - analog elements Index: 24411 = 5F5B 53 L_MulDiv_1: Out 54 L_NSet_1: Target setpoint Subcodes Lenze setting Info C00164/1...

  • Page 563: Phone: 800.894.0412 - Fax: 888.723.4773 - Web: Www.clrwtr.com - Email: Info@Clrwtr.com

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual Parameter reference Parameter list | C00169 C00169 Parameter | Name: Data type: UNSIGNED_16 C00169 | Logbook setting Index: 24406 = 5F56 Configuration which message types are to be logged in the logbook. Setting range Lenze setting (min.

  • Page 564: Phone: 800.894.0412 - Fax: 888.723.4773 - Web: Www.clrwtr.com - Email: Info@Clrwtr.com

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual Parameter reference Parameter list | C00174 C00174 Parameter | Name: Data type: UNSIGNED_8 C00174 | Reduc. brake chopper threshold Index: 24401 = 5F51 The threshold from which on the brake chopper is controlled is reduced by the voltage value set here.

  • Page 565: Phone: 800.894.0412 - Fax: 888.723.4773 - Web: Www.clrwtr.com - Email: Info@Clrwtr.com

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual Parameter reference Parameter list | C00178 C00178 Parameter | Name: Data type: UNSIGNED_32 C00178 | Elapsed-hour meter Index: 24397 = 5F4D Display of operating hours in seconds Display range (min. value | unit | max. value)

  • Page 566: Phone: 800.894.0412 - Fax: 888.723.4773 - Web: Www.clrwtr.com - Email: Info@Clrwtr.com

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual Parameter reference Parameter list | C00184 C00184 Parameter | Name: Data type: UNSIGNED_16 C00184 | AutoFailReset repetition time Index: 24391 = 5F47 After the time set here has expired, an error message of an error that has occurred will be reset automatically if "AutoFailReset"...

  • Page 567: Phone: 800.894.0412 - Fax: 888.723.4773 - Web: Www.clrwtr.com - Email: Info@Clrwtr.com

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual Parameter reference Parameter list | C00189 C00189 Parameter | Name: Data type: UNSIGNED_8 C00189 | Resp. to too frequent AutoFailReset Index: 24386 = 5F42 Response to exceeding the maximum number of "AutoFailReset" processes set in C00186.

  • Page 568: Phone: 800.894.0412 - Fax: 888.723.4773 - Web: Www.clrwtr.com - Email: Info@Clrwtr.com

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual Parameter reference Parameter list | C00201 C00201 Parameter | Name: Data type: VISIBLE_STRING C00201 | Firmware Index: 24374 = 5F36 Display of the firmware data of the control card and the power section Subcodes...

  • Page 569: Phone: 800.894.0412 - Fax: 888.723.4773 - Web: Www.clrwtr.com - Email: Info@Clrwtr.com

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual Parameter reference Parameter list | C00206 C00206 Parameter | Name: Data type: VISIBLE_STRING C00206 | Production date Index: 24369 = 5F31 This code is for device-internal use only and must not be written to by the user!

  • Page 570: Phone: 800.894.0412 - Fax: 888.723.4773 - Web: Www.clrwtr.com - Email: Info@Clrwtr.com

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual Parameter reference Parameter list | C00225 C00225 Parameter | Name: Data type: INTEGER_16 C00225 | L_PCTRL_1: MaxLimit Index: 24350 = 5F1E L_PCTRL_1 FB: Maximum output value of the PID process controller Setting range Lenze setting (min.

  • Page 571: Phone: 800.894.0412 - Fax: 888.723.4773 - Web: Www.clrwtr.com - Email: Info@Clrwtr.com

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual Parameter reference Parameter list | C00233 C00233 Parameter | Name: Data type: UNSIGNED_8 C00233 | L_PCTRL_1: Root function Index: 24342 = 5F16 L_PCTRL_1 FB: Use of the root function at the actual value input...

  • Page 572: Phone: 800.894.0412 - Fax: 888.723.4773 - Web: Www.clrwtr.com - Email: Info@Clrwtr.com

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual Parameter reference Parameter list | C00242 C00242 Parameter | Name: Data type: UNSIGNED_8 C00242 | L_PCTRL_1: Operating mode Index: 24333 = 5F0D L_PCTRL_1 FB: Selection of the operating mode • Depending on the selection, the blue switches in the displayed signal flow are set accordingly in the Engineer on...

  • Page 573: Phone: 800.894.0412 - Fax: 888.723.4773 - Web: Www.clrwtr.com - Email: Info@Clrwtr.com

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual Parameter reference Parameter list | C00247 C00247 Parameter | Name: Data type: INTEGER_16 C00247 | L_PCTRL_1: Window setpoint reached Index: 24328 = 5F08 From version 06.00.00 FB L_PCTRL_1: Window for comparison operation "actual value = setpoint"...

  • Page 574: Phone: 800.894.0412 - Fax: 888.723.4773 - Web: Www.clrwtr.com - Email: Info@Clrwtr.com

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual Parameter reference Parameter list | C00274 C00274 Parameter | Name: Data type: UNSIGNED_16 C00274 | SC: Max. change in acceleration Index: 24301 = 5EED Limitation of the acceleration change at sensorless control for synchronous motors (SLPSM) •...

  • Page 575: Phone: 800.894.0412 - Fax: 888.723.4773 - Web: Www.clrwtr.com - Email: Info@Clrwtr.com

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual Parameter reference Parameter list | C00301 C00301 Parameter | Name: Data type: UNSIGNED_16 C00301 | DebugAccess Index: 24274 = 5ED2 This code is for device-internal use only and must not be written to by the user!

  • Page 576: Phone: 800.894.0412 - Fax: 888.723.4773 - Web: Www.clrwtr.com - Email: Info@Clrwtr.com

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual Parameter reference Parameter list | C00312 C00312 Parameter | Name: Data type: UNSIGNED_32 C00312 | System runtimes Index: 24263 = 5EC7 From version 11.00.00 Setting range (min. value | unit | max. value) 0.000 μs...

  • Page 577: Phone: 800.894.0412 - Fax: 888.723.4773 - Web: Www.clrwtr.com - Email: Info@Clrwtr.com

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual Parameter reference Parameter list | C00322 C00322 Parameter | Name: Data type: UNSIGNED_8 C00322 | Transmission mode CAN TxPDOs Index: 24253 = 5EBD TPDO transmission type according to DS301 V4.02 • The following transmission modes are supported: –...

  • Page 578: Phone: 800.894.0412 - Fax: 888.723.4773 - Web: Www.clrwtr.com - Email: Info@Clrwtr.com

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual Parameter reference Parameter list | C00324 C00324 Parameter | Name: Data type: UNSIGNED_16 C00324 | CAN transmission blocking time Index: 24251 = 5EBB From version 06.00.00 Blocking time for the transmission of the emergency telegram and the process data Note: If the "Asynchronous - manufacturer-specific/device profile-specific"...

  • Page 579: Phone: 800.894.0412 - Fax: 888.723.4773 - Web: Www.clrwtr.com - Email: Info@Clrwtr.com

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual Parameter reference Parameter list | C00341 C00341 Parameter | Name: Data type: UNSIGNED_16 C00341 | CAN management - error configuration Index: 24234 = 5EAA From version 04.00.00 Selection of the events for which the bFail error output of the LS_CANMAnagement SB must be set to TRUE.

  • Page 580: Phone: 800.894.0412 - Fax: 888.723.4773 - Web: Www.clrwtr.com - Email: Info@Clrwtr.com

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual Parameter reference Parameter list | C00342 C00342 Parameter | Name: Data type: UNSIGNED_16 C00342 | CAN decoupling PDOInOut Index: 24233 = 5EA9 From version 04.00.00 Configuration defining the events that lead to a decoupling of the process data words.

  • Page 581: Phone: 800.894.0412 - Fax: 888.723.4773 - Web: Www.clrwtr.com - Email: Info@Clrwtr.com

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual Parameter reference Parameter list | C00343 C00343 Parameter | Name: Data type: UNSIGNED_16 C00343 | LP_CanIn decoupling value Index: 24232 = 5EA8 From version 04.00.00 Definition of the value the process data words are to have in the decoupled state.

  • Page 582: Phone: 800.894.0412 - Fax: 888.723.4773 - Web: Www.clrwtr.com - Email: Info@Clrwtr.com

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual Parameter reference Parameter list | C00345 C00345 Parameter | Name: Data type: UNSIGNED_8 C00345 | CAN error status Index: 24230 = 5EA6 From version 02.00.00 System bus "CAN on board" Selection list (read only)

  • Page 583: Phone: 800.894.0412 - Fax: 888.723.4773 - Web: Www.clrwtr.com - Email: Info@Clrwtr.com

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual Parameter reference Parameter list | C00349 C00349 Parameter | Name: Data type: UNSIGNED_16 C00349 | CAN setting - DIP switch Index: 24226 = 5EA2 DIP switch setting during last mains power-on System bus "CAN on board"...

  • Page 584: Phone: 800.894.0412 - Fax: 888.723.4773 - Web: Www.clrwtr.com - Email: Info@Clrwtr.com

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual Parameter reference Parameter list | C00351 C00351 Parameter | Name: Data type: UNSIGNED_8 C00351 | CAN baud rate Index: 24224 = 5EA0 Setting of the baud rate via parameters • The baud rate can only be parameterised if the baud rate "0" is set via the DIP switches.

  • Page 585: Phone: 800.894.0412 - Fax: 888.723.4773 - Web: Www.clrwtr.com - Email: Info@Clrwtr.com

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual Parameter reference Parameter list | C00354 C00354 Parameter | Name: Data type: UNSIGNED_32 C00354 | COBID Index: 24221 = 5E9D Setting of the default COBID according to CANopen • A change in the COBID will not be effective until a CAN reset node is performed.

  • Page 586: Phone: 800.894.0412 - Fax: 888.723.4773 - Web: Www.clrwtr.com - Email: Info@Clrwtr.com

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual Parameter reference Parameter list | C00356 C00356 Parameter | Name: Data type: UNSIGNED_16 C00356 | CAN time settings Index: 24219 = 5E9B Different time settings for the CAN interface System bus "CAN on board"...

  • Page 587: Phone: 800.894.0412 - Fax: 888.723.4773 - Web: Www.clrwtr.com - Email: Info@Clrwtr.com

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual Parameter reference Parameter list | C00359 C00359 Parameter | Name: Data type: UNSIGNED_8 C00359 | CAN status Index: 24216 = 5E98 System bus "CAN on board" Selection list (read only) 0 Operational 1 Pre-Operat.

  • Page 588: Phone: 800.894.0412 - Fax: 888.723.4773 - Web: Www.clrwtr.com - Email: Info@Clrwtr.com

    05.00.00, parameter data channels 1 and 2 are activated in the Lenze setting. • From version 05.01.00, only parameter data channel 1 is activated according to CANopen in the Lenze setting. To activate both parameter data channels according to the previous behaviour, select "2 SDO Lenze". System bus "CAN on board"...

  • Page 589: Phone: 800.894.0412 - Fax: 888.723.4773 - Web: Www.clrwtr.com - Email: Info@Clrwtr.com

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual Parameter reference Parameter list | C00367 C00367 Parameter | Name: Data type: UNSIGNED_16 C00367 | CAN Sync-Rx-Identifier Index: 24208 = 5E90 Identifier by means of which the sync slave is to receive sync telegrams.

  • Page 590: Phone: 800.894.0412 - Fax: 888.723.4773 - Web: Www.clrwtr.com - Email: Info@Clrwtr.com

    = 5E8E C00369 | CAN sync transmission cycle time Cycle during which the sync master is to transmit sync telegrams. • If "0 ms" is set (Lenze setting), no sync telegrams are generated. • Imaging of the CANopen object I-1006 (see DS301 V4.02).

  • Page 591: Phone: 800.894.0412 - Fax: 888.723.4773 - Web: Www.clrwtr.com - Email: Info@Clrwtr.com

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual Parameter reference Parameter list | C00372 C00372 Parameter | Name: Data type: UNSIGNED_8 C00372 | CAN_Tx_Rx_Error Index: 24203 = 5E8B System bus "CAN on board" Display range (min. value | unit | max. value)

  • Page 592: Phone: 800.894.0412 - Fax: 888.723.4773 - Web: Www.clrwtr.com - Email: Info@Clrwtr.com

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual Parameter reference Parameter list | C00400 C00400 Parameter | Name: Data type: UNSIGNED_16 C00400 | LS_PulseGenerator Index: 24175 = 5E6F Time setting of the pulse to be output by the SB LS_PulseGenerator Setting range (min.

  • Page 593: Phone: 800.894.0412 - Fax: 888.723.4773 - Web: Www.clrwtr.com - Email: Info@Clrwtr.com

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual Parameter reference Parameter list | C00409 C00409 Parameter | Name: Data type: UNSIGNED_16 C00409 | LP_CanIn Mapping Index: 24166 = 5E66 From version 03.00.00 Mapping for port blocks LP_CanIn1...3 CAN port block Setting range (min.

  • Page 594: Phone: 800.894.0412 - Fax: 888.723.4773 - Web: Www.clrwtr.com - Email: Info@Clrwtr.com

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual Parameter reference Parameter list | C00412 C00412 Parameter | Name: Data type: UNSIGNED_8 C00412 | L_SignalMonitor_b: Inversion Index: 24163 = 5E63 L_SignalMonitor_b FB: Inversion of the binary outputs Setting range Lenze setting (min. hex value | max. hex value)

  • Page 595: Phone: 800.894.0412 - Fax: 888.723.4773 - Web: Www.clrwtr.com - Email: Info@Clrwtr.com

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual Parameter reference Parameter list | C00423 C00423 Parameter | Name: Data type: UNSIGNED_16 C00423 | DOx: Delay times Index: 24152 = 5E58 Delay times for the digital output terminals Digital terminals Setting range (min. value | unit | max. value) 0.000...

  • Page 596: Phone: 800.894.0412 - Fax: 888.723.4773 - Web: Www.clrwtr.com - Email: Info@Clrwtr.com

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual Parameter reference Parameter list | C00435 C00435 Parameter | Name: Data type: INTEGER_16 C00435 | OxU offset Index: 24140 = 5E4C Offset of analog output Analog terminals Setting range (min. value | unit | max. value) -199.99...

  • Page 597: Phone: 800.894.0412 - Fax: 888.723.4773 - Web: Www.clrwtr.com - Email: Info@Clrwtr.com

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual Parameter reference Parameter list | C00441 C00441 Parameter | Name: Data type: UNSIGNED_16 C00441 | Decoupling AnalogOut Index: 24134 = 5E46 From version 04.00.00 Configuration defining the events that lead to a decoupling of the analog output terminals.

  • Page 598: Phone: 800.894.0412 - Fax: 888.723.4773 - Web: Www.clrwtr.com - Email: Info@Clrwtr.com

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual Parameter reference Parameter list | C00443 C00443 Parameter | Name: Data type: UNSIGNED_16 C00443 | DIx: Level Index: 24132 = 5E44 Bit coded display of the level of the digital inputs Digital terminals Display area (min.

  • Page 599: Phone: 800.894.0412 - Fax: 888.723.4773 - Web: Www.clrwtr.com - Email: Info@Clrwtr.com

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual Parameter reference Parameter list | C00444 C00444 Parameter | Name: Data type: UNSIGNED_16 C00444 | DOx: Level Index: 24131 = 5E43 Bit coded display of the level of the digital outputs Digital terminals Display area (min.

  • Page 600: Phone: 800.894.0412 - Fax: 888.723.4773 - Web: Www.clrwtr.com - Email: Info@Clrwtr.com

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual Parameter reference Parameter list | C00446 C00446 Parameter | Name: Data type: INTEGER_16 C00446 | FreqInxx_nOut_a Index: 24129 = 5E41 From version 03.00.00 Display of the frequency input signals which are fed into the application.

  • Page 601: Phone: 800.894.0412 - Fax: 888.723.4773 - Web: Www.clrwtr.com - Email: Info@Clrwtr.com

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual Parameter reference Parameter list | C00448 C00448 Parameter | Name: Data type: UNSIGNED_16 C00448 | DigOut decoupling value Index: 24127 = 5E3F From version 04.00.00 Definition of the value the digital output terminals are to have in the decoupled state.

  • Page 602: Phone: 800.894.0412 - Fax: 888.723.4773 - Web: Www.clrwtr.com - Email: Info@Clrwtr.com

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual Parameter reference Parameter list | C00458 C00458 Parameter | Name: Data type: UNSIGNED_16 C00458 | SYS_call table Index: 24117 = 5E35 This code is for device-internal use only and must not be written to by the user!

  • Page 603: Phone: 800.894.0412 - Fax: 888.723.4773 - Web: Www.clrwtr.com - Email: Info@Clrwtr.com

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual Parameter reference Parameter list | C00463 C00463 Parameter | Name: Data type: UNSIGNED_32 C00463 | Remote: MCK control Index: 24112 = 5E30 From version 06.00.00 This parameter serves to control the functions of the Motion Control Kernel for PC manual control.

  • Page 604: Phone: 800.894.0412 - Fax: 888.723.4773 - Web: Www.clrwtr.com - Email: Info@Clrwtr.com

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual Parameter reference Parameter list | C00464 C00464 Parameter | Name: Data type: UNSIGNED_16 C00464 | Remote: Monitoring timeout Index: 24111 = 5E2F From version 06.00.00 PC manual control Setting range (min. value | unit | max. value)

  • Page 605: Phone: 800.894.0412 - Fax: 888.723.4773 - Web: Www.clrwtr.com - Email: Info@Clrwtr.com

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual Parameter reference Parameter list | C00469 C00469 Parameter | Name: Data type: INTEGER_32 C00469 | Keypad: STOP key function Index: 24106 = 5E2A Selection of the function for the STOP key on the keypad...

  • Page 606: Phone: 800.894.0412 - Fax: 888.723.4773 - Web: Www.clrwtr.com - Email: Info@Clrwtr.com

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual Parameter reference Parameter list | C00473 C00473 Parameter | Name: Data type: INTEGER_16 C00473 | LS_ParFree_v Index: 24102 = 5E26 LS_ParFree_v SB: Setting of the speed signals to be output Setting range (min. value | unit | max. value) -32767 Incr./ms...

  • Page 607: Phone: 800.894.0412 - Fax: 888.723.4773 - Web: Www.clrwtr.com - Email: Info@Clrwtr.com

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual Parameter reference Parameter list | C00482 C00482 Parameter | Name: Data type: INTEGER_16 C00482 | LS_DisFree_a Index: 24093 = 5E1D LS_DisFree_a SB: Display of the input values Display range (min. value | unit | max. value) -199.99...

  • Page 608: Phone: 800.894.0412 - Fax: 888.723.4773 - Web: Www.clrwtr.com - Email: Info@Clrwtr.com

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual Parameter reference Parameter list | C00486 C00486 Parameter | Name: Data type: VISIBLE_STRING C00486 | Application units: Index: 24089 = 5E19 From version 06.00.00 LS_DisFree_a SB: Text for the display of the input variables in application unit...

  • Page 609: Phone: 800.894.0412 - Fax: 888.723.4773 - Web: Www.clrwtr.com - Email: Info@Clrwtr.com

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual Parameter reference Parameter list | C00495 C00495 Parameter | Name: Data type: UNSIGNED_8 C00495 | Speed sensor selection Index: 24080 = 5E10 Selection of the feedback system for the actual speed for motor control and display...

  • Page 610: Phone: 800.894.0412 - Fax: 888.723.4773 - Web: Www.clrwtr.com - Email: Info@Clrwtr.com

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual Parameter reference Parameter list | C00507 C00507 Parameter | Name: Data type: UNSIGNED_16 C00507 | Current password protection Index: 24068 = 5E04 From version 06.00.00 Display of the currently active device access protection Device access protection Display area (min.

  • Page 611: Phone: 800.894.0412 - Fax: 888.723.4773 - Web: Www.clrwtr.com - Email: Info@Clrwtr.com

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual Parameter reference Parameter list | C00517 C00517 Parameter | Name: Data type: INTEGER_32 C00517 | User menu Index: 24058 = 5DFA When a system is installed, parameters must be changed time and again until the system runs satisfactorily. The user menu of a device serves to create a selection of frequently used parameters to be able to access and change these parameters quickly.

  • Page 612: Phone: 800.894.0412 - Fax: 888.723.4773 - Web: Www.clrwtr.com - Email: Info@Clrwtr.com

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual Parameter reference Parameter list | C00560 C00560 Parameter | Name: Data type: UNSIGNED_8 C00560 | Fan switching status Index: 24015 = 5DCF From version 02.00.00 Display of the function status of the device fans...

  • Page 613: Phone: 800.894.0412 - Fax: 888.723.4773 - Web: Www.clrwtr.com - Email: Info@Clrwtr.com

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual Parameter reference Parameter list | C00567 C00567 Parameter | Name: Data type: UNSIGNED_8 C00567 | Resp. to speed controller limited Index: 24008 = 5DC8 Response if speed controller output is limited (bLimSpeedCtrlOut = TRUE)

  • Page 614: Phone: 800.894.0412 - Fax: 888.723.4773 - Web: Www.clrwtr.com - Email: Info@Clrwtr.com

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual Parameter reference Parameter list | C00574 C00574 Parameter | Name: Data type: UNSIGNED_8 C00574 | Resp. to brake resist. overtemp. Index: 24001 = 5DC1 Response which is triggered if the threshold set in C00572 for monitoring brake resistor utilisation is reached.

  • Page 615: Phone: 800.894.0412 - Fax: 888.723.4773 - Web: Www.clrwtr.com - Email: Info@Clrwtr.com

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual Parameter reference Parameter list | C00581 C00581 Parameter | Name: Data type: UNSIGNED_8 C00581 | Resp. to LS_SetError_x Index: 23994 = 5DBA Selection of the error responses for application error messages • An application error message is tripped by a FALSE/TRUE edge at the binary inputs bSetError1...4.

  • Page 616: Phone: 800.894.0412 - Fax: 888.723.4773 - Web: Www.clrwtr.com - Email: Info@Clrwtr.com

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual Parameter reference Parameter list | C00588 C00588 Parameter | Name: Data type: UNSIGNED_8 C00588 | Resp. to max. speed at switching freq. Index: 23987 = 5DB3 Response if the maximum speed for the set inverter switching frequency is reached (C00018)

  • Page 617: Phone: 800.894.0412 - Fax: 888.723.4773 - Web: Www.clrwtr.com - Email: Info@Clrwtr.com

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual Parameter reference Parameter list | C00593 C00593 Parameter | Name: Data type: UNSIGNED_8 C00593 | Resp. to CANx_IN monitoring Index: 23982 = 5DAE Configuration of monitoring of the CAN interface (group 2) System bus "CAN on board"...

  • Page 618: Phone: 800.894.0412 - Fax: 888.723.4773 - Web: Www.clrwtr.com - Email: Info@Clrwtr.com

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual Parameter reference Parameter list | C00595 C00595 Parameter | Name: Data type: UNSIGNED_8 C00595 | MCK: Resp. to MCK error Index: 23980 = 5DAC Configuration of monitoring of the Motion Control Kernel Basic drive functions...

  • Page 619: Phone: 800.894.0412 - Fax: 888.723.4773 - Web: Www.clrwtr.com - Email: Info@Clrwtr.com

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual Parameter reference Parameter list | C00598 C00598 Parameter | Name: Data type: UNSIGNED_8 C00598 | Resp. to open circuit AINx Index: 23977 = 5DA9 Configuration of analog input monitoring Analog terminals Selection list 0 No Reaction...

  • Page 620: Phone: 800.894.0412 - Fax: 888.723.4773 - Web: Www.clrwtr.com - Email: Info@Clrwtr.com

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual Parameter reference Parameter list | C00602 C00602 Parameter | Name: Data type: UNSIGNED_8 C00602 | Resp. to earth fault Index: 23973 = 5DA5 Response to earth fault in the motor phase(s) Selection list (Lenze setting printed in bold)

  • Page 621: Phone: 800.894.0412 - Fax: 888.723.4773 - Web: Www.clrwtr.com - Email: Info@Clrwtr.com

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual Parameter reference Parameter list | C00609 C00609 Parameter | Name: Data type: UNSIGNED_8 C00609 | Resp. to maximum current Index: 23966 = 5D9E Response if the maximum current (C00022, C00023) is reached. Selection list...

  • Page 622: Phone: 800.894.0412 - Fax: 888.723.4773 - Web: Www.clrwtr.com - Email: Info@Clrwtr.com

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual Parameter reference Parameter list | C00620 Parameter | Name: Data type: UNSIGNED_16 C00620 | System connection list: 16-bit Index: 23955 = 5D93 C00620/18 0: Not connected LS_DisFree: wDis1 C00620/19 0: Not connected LS_DisFree: wDis2...

  • Page 623: Phone: 800.894.0412 - Fax: 888.723.4773 - Web: Www.clrwtr.com - Email: Info@Clrwtr.com

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual Parameter reference Parameter list | C00620 Parameter | Name: Data type: UNSIGNED_16 C00620 | System connection list: 16-bit Index: 23955 = 5D93 C00620/62 0: Not connected Reserved C00620/63 0: Not connected Reserved C00620/64 0: Not connected...

  • Page 624: Phone: 800.894.0412 - Fax: 888.723.4773 - Web: Www.clrwtr.com - Email: Info@Clrwtr.com

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual Parameter reference Parameter list | C00621 C00621 Parameter | Name: Data type: UNSIGNED_16 C00621 | System connection list: Bool Index: 23954 = 5D92 Connection parameters: Binary inputs • Selection of the binary output signals to be connected to the binary input signals •...

  • Page 625: Phone: 800.894.0412 - Fax: 888.723.4773 - Web: Www.clrwtr.com - Email: Info@Clrwtr.com

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual Parameter reference Parameter list | C00621 Parameter | Name: Data type: UNSIGNED_16 C00621 | System connection list: Bool Index: 23954 = 5D92 C00621/39 0: Not connected LP_CanOut2: bOut1_B10 C00621/40 0: Not connected LP_CanOut2: bOut1_B11...

  • Page 626: Phone: 800.894.0412 - Fax: 888.723.4773 - Web: Www.clrwtr.com - Email: Info@Clrwtr.com

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual Parameter reference Parameter list | C00621 Parameter | Name: Data type: UNSIGNED_16 C00621 | System connection list: Bool Index: 23954 = 5D92 C00621/83 0: Not connected LP_MciOut: bOut2_B6 C00621/84 0: Not connected LP_MciOut: bOut2_B7...

  • Page 627: Phone: 800.894.0412 - Fax: 888.723.4773 - Web: Www.clrwtr.com - Email: Info@Clrwtr.com

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual Parameter reference Parameter list | C00621 Parameter | Name: Data type: UNSIGNED_16 C00621 | System connection list: Bool Index: 23954 = 5D92 C00621/127 0: Not connected LS_CANManagement: bReInitCAN C00621/128 0: Not connected LS_DigitalInput: bPosIn12_Load...

  • Page 628: Phone: 800.894.0412 - Fax: 888.723.4773 - Web: Www.clrwtr.com - Email: Info@Clrwtr.com

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual Parameter reference Parameter list | C00622 Parameter | Name: Data type: UNSIGNED_16 C00621 | System connection list: Bool Index: 23954 = 5D92 C00621/171 0: Not connected Reserved C00621/172 0: Not connected Reserved C00621/173 0: Not connected...

  • Page 629: Phone: 800.894.0412 - Fax: 888.723.4773 - Web: Www.clrwtr.com - Email: Info@Clrwtr.com

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual Parameter reference Parameter list | C00632 C00632 Parameter | Name: Data type: INTEGER_16 C00632 | L_NSet_1: Max.SkipFrq. Index: 23943 = 5D87 Maximum limit values for the speed blocking zones • Selection of the maximum limit values for the blocking zones in which the speed must not be constant.

  • Page 630: Phone: 800.894.0412 - Fax: 888.723.4773 - Web: Www.clrwtr.com - Email: Info@Clrwtr.com

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual Parameter reference Parameter list | C00634 C00634 Parameter | Name: Data type: UNSIGNED_16 C00634 | L_NSet_1: wState Index: 23941 = 5D85 L_NSet_1 FB: Bit coded status display Display area (min. hex value | max. hex value)

  • Page 631: Phone: 800.894.0412 - Fax: 888.723.4773 - Web: Www.clrwtr.com - Email: Info@Clrwtr.com

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual Parameter reference Parameter list | C00638 C00638 Parameter | Name: Data type: INTEGER_16 C00638 | L_NSet_1: Output ramp rounding Index: 23937 = 5D81 L_NSet_1 FB: Speed setpoint is displayed after being processed by PT1 filter function Display range (min.

  • Page 632: Phone: 800.894.0412 - Fax: 888.723.4773 - Web: Www.clrwtr.com - Email: Info@Clrwtr.com

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual Parameter reference Parameter list | C00671 C00671 Parameter | Name: Data type: INTEGER_32 C00671 | L_OffsetGainP_2: Gain Index: 23904 = 5D60 L_OffsetGainP_2 FB: Gain as multiplier of the input signal + offset Setting range Lenze setting (min.

  • Page 633: Phone: 800.894.0412 - Fax: 888.723.4773 - Web: Www.clrwtr.com - Email: Info@Clrwtr.com

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual Parameter reference Parameter list | C00685 C00685 Parameter | Name: Data type: UNSIGNED_8 C00685 | L_Compare_2: Fct. Index: 23890 = 5D52 L_Compare_2 FB: Comparison operation • If the statement of the selected comparison operation is true, the binary bOut output will be set to TRUE.

  • Page 634: Phone: 800.894.0412 - Fax: 888.723.4773 - Web: Www.clrwtr.com - Email: Info@Clrwtr.com

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual Parameter reference Parameter list | C00692 C00692 Parameter | Name: Data type: INTEGER_16 C00692 | L_Compare_3: Window Index: 23883 = 5D4B From version 11.00.00 FB L_Compare_3: window for the comparison operation selected in C00690...

  • Page 635: Phone: 800.894.0412 - Fax: 888.723.4773 - Web: Www.clrwtr.com - Email: Info@Clrwtr.com

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual Parameter reference Parameter list | C00700 C00700 Parameter | Name: Data type: UNSIGNED_16 C00700 | LA_NCtrl: Analog connection list Index: 23875 = 5D43 Connection parameters for "Actuating drive speed" application: 16-bit inputs • Selection of the 16 bit output signals to be connected to the 16 bit input signals •...

  • Page 636: Phone: 800.894.0412 - Fax: 888.723.4773 - Web: Www.clrwtr.com - Email: Info@Clrwtr.com

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual Parameter reference Parameter list | C00701 Parameter | Name: Data type: UNSIGNED_16 C00700 | LA_NCtrl: Analog connection list Index: 23875 = 5D43 C00700/21 0: Not connected LA_NCtrl: wSMCtrl (interface to optional safety system) C00700/22...

  • Page 637: Phone: 800.894.0412 - Fax: 888.723.4773 - Web: Www.clrwtr.com - Email: Info@Clrwtr.com

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual Parameter reference Parameter list | C00701 Parameter | Name: Data type: UNSIGNED_16 C00701 | LA_NCtrl: Digital connection list Index: 23874 = 5D42 C00701/13 0: Not connected LA_NCtrl: bJogRamp1 (selection input for additional acceleration/deceleration times)

  • Page 638: Phone: 800.894.0412 - Fax: 888.723.4773 - Web: Www.clrwtr.com - Email: Info@Clrwtr.com

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual Parameter reference Parameter list | C00705 Parameter | Name: Data type: UNSIGNED_16 C00701 | LA_NCtrl: Digital connection list Index: 23874 = 5D42 C00701/36 0: Not connected Reserved C00701/37 0: Not connected Reserved C00701/38 0: Not connected...

  • Page 639: Phone: 800.894.0412 - Fax: 888.723.4773 - Web: Www.clrwtr.com - Email: Info@Clrwtr.com

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual Parameter reference Parameter list | C00725 C00725 Parameter | Name: Data type: UNSIGNED_8 C00725 | Current switching frequency Index: 23850 = 5D2A Display of the current switching frequency • In C00018 you can choose between a drive-optimised setting for good smooth-running characteristics and an inverter loss-optimised setting (min.

  • Page 640: Phone: 800.894.0412 - Fax: 888.723.4773 - Web: Www.clrwtr.com - Email: Info@Clrwtr.com

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual Parameter reference Parameter list | C00727 C00727 Parameter | Name: Data type: UNSIGNED_8 C00727 | LS_Keypad digital values Index: 23848 = 5D28 Execution of control commands for keypad operation Setting range (min. value | unit | max. value)

  • Page 641: Phone: 800.894.0412 - Fax: 888.723.4773 - Web: Www.clrwtr.com - Email: Info@Clrwtr.com

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual Parameter reference Parameter list | C00734 C00734 Parameter | Name: Data type: UNSIGNED_16 C00734 | Oscilloscope trigger channel selection Index: 23841 = 5D21 This code is for device-internal use only and must not be written to by the user!

  • Page 642: Phone: 800.894.0412 - Fax: 888.723.4773 - Web: Www.clrwtr.com - Email: Info@Clrwtr.com

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual Parameter reference Parameter list | C00750 C00750 Parameter | Name: Data type: UNSIGNED_8 C00750 | Select. of BU oscillos. channels Index: 23825 = 5D11 This code is for device-internal use only and must not be written to by the user!

  • Page 643: Phone: 800.894.0412 - Fax: 888.723.4773 - Web: Www.clrwtr.com - Email: Info@Clrwtr.com

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual Parameter reference Parameter list | C00761 Parameter | Name: Data type: UNSIGNED_16 C00760 | LA_SwitchPos: Analog connection list Index: 23815 = 5D07 C00760/15 0: Not connected LA_SwitchPos: nGPCompareIn1_a (input for comparison operation analog signal 1)

  • Page 644: Phone: 800.894.0412 - Fax: 888.723.4773 - Web: Www.clrwtr.com - Email: Info@Clrwtr.com

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual Parameter reference Parameter list | C00761 Parameter | Name: Data type: UNSIGNED_16 C00761 | LA_SwitchPos: Digital connection list Index: 23814 = 5D06 C00761/10 0: Not connected LA_SwitchPos: bJogCtrlInputSel2 (selection input 2 for binary coded selection of the switch-off position 1 ...

  • Page 645: Phone: 800.894.0412 - Fax: 888.723.4773 - Web: Www.clrwtr.com - Email: Info@Clrwtr.com

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual Parameter reference Parameter list | C00762 Parameter | Name: Data type: UNSIGNED_16 C00761 | LA_SwitchPos: Digital connection list Index: 23814 = 5D06 C00761/33 0: Not connected LA_SwitchPos: bGPDFlipFlop_InClk (control input for DFlipFlop clock signal)

  • Page 646: Phone: 800.894.0412 - Fax: 888.723.4773 - Web: Www.clrwtr.com - Email: Info@Clrwtr.com

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual Parameter reference Parameter list | C00800 C00800 Parameter | Name: Data type: INTEGER_16 C00800 | L_MPot_1: Upper limit Index: 23775 = 5CDF L_MPot_1 FB: Upper limit of the motor potentiometer function Setting range Lenze setting (min.

  • Page 647: Phone: 800.894.0412 - Fax: 888.723.4773 - Web: Www.clrwtr.com - Email: Info@Clrwtr.com

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual Parameter reference Parameter list | C00805 C00805 Parameter | Name: Data type: UNSIGNED_8 C00805 | L_MPot_1: Init fct. Index: 23770 = 5CDA L_MPot_1 FB: Selection of the response at device switch-on Selection list (Lenze setting printed in bold)

  • Page 648: Phone: 800.894.0412 - Fax: 888.723.4773 - Web: Www.clrwtr.com - Email: Info@Clrwtr.com

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual Parameter reference Parameter list | C00821 C00821 Parameter | Name: Data type: UNSIGNED_8 C00821 | L_DigitalLogic_1: Truth table Index: 23754 = 5CCA L_DigitalLogic_1 FB: Parameterisation of the truth table Selection list 0 False 1 TRUE...

  • Page 649: Phone: 800.894.0412 - Fax: 888.723.4773 - Web: Www.clrwtr.com - Email: Info@Clrwtr.com

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual Parameter reference Parameter list | C00830 C00830 Parameter | Name: Data type: INTEGER_16 C00830 | 16-bit inputs [%] Index: 23745 = 5CC1 Display in percent of 16-bit input values of different blocks Display range (min.

  • Page 650: Phone: 800.894.0412 - Fax: 888.723.4773 - Web: Www.clrwtr.com - Email: Info@Clrwtr.com

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual Parameter reference Parameter list | C00830 Parameter | Name: Data type: INTEGER_16 C00830 | 16-bit inputs [%] Index: 23745 = 5CC1 C00830/41 L_Compare_2: nIn1_a C00830/42 L_Compare_2: nIn2_a C00830/43 Reserved C00830/44 Reserved C00830/45 L_AnalogSwitch_2: nIn1_a...

  • Page 651: Phone: 800.894.0412 - Fax: 888.723.4773 - Web: Www.clrwtr.com - Email: Info@Clrwtr.com

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual Parameter reference Parameter list | C00831 Parameter | Name: Data type: INTEGER_16 C00830 | 16-bit inputs [%] Index: 23745 = 5CC1 C00830/84 LS_DataAccess: wIn2 (Lenze-internal) C00830/85 LS_DataAccess: wIn3 (Lenze-internal) C00830/86 LS_DataAccess: wIn4 (Lenze-internal) C00830/87...

  • Page 652: Phone: 800.894.0412 - Fax: 888.723.4773 - Web: Www.clrwtr.com - Email: Info@Clrwtr.com

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual Parameter reference Parameter list | C00831 Parameter | Name: Data type: UNSIGNED_16 C00831 | 16-bit inputs Index: 23744 = 5CC0 C00831/19 Reserved C00831/20 MCTRL: nPosCtrlPAdapt_a C00831/21 MCTRL: nPosCtrlOutLimit_a C00831/22 MCTRL: nSpeedSetValue_a C00831/23 MCTRL: nSpeedLowLimit_a...

  • Page 653: Phone: 800.894.0412 - Fax: 888.723.4773 - Web: Www.clrwtr.com - Email: Info@Clrwtr.com

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual Parameter reference Parameter list | C00831 Parameter | Name: Data type: UNSIGNED_16 C00831 | 16-bit inputs Index: 23744 = 5CC0 C00831/63 L_PCTRL_1: nSet_a C00831/64 L_PCTRL_1: nInfluence_a C00831/65 MCK: nSpeedCtrlI_a C00831/66 MCK: nPWMAngleOffset_a C00831/67 Reserved...

  • Page 654: Phone: 800.894.0412 - Fax: 888.723.4773 - Web: Www.clrwtr.com - Email: Info@Clrwtr.com

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual Parameter reference Parameter list | C00833 C00833 Parameter | Name: Data type: UNSIGNED_8 C00833 | Binary inputs Index: 23742 = 5CBE Display of the signal status of the binary inputs of different blocks Selection list...

  • Page 655: Phone: 800.894.0412 - Fax: 888.723.4773 - Web: Www.clrwtr.com - Email: Info@Clrwtr.com

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual Parameter reference Parameter list | C00833 Parameter | Name: Data type: UNSIGNED_8 C00833 | Binary inputs Index: 23742 = 5CBE C00833/40 DCTRL: bStatus_B3 C00833/41 DCTRL: bStatus_B4 C00833/42 DCTRL: bStatus_B5 C00833/43 DCTRL: bStatus_B14 C00833/44 DCTRL: bStatus_B15...

  • Page 656: Phone: 800.894.0412 - Fax: 888.723.4773 - Web: Www.clrwtr.com - Email: Info@Clrwtr.com

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual Parameter reference Parameter list | C00833 Parameter | Name: Data type: UNSIGNED_8 C00833 | Binary inputs Index: 23742 = 5CBE C00833/84 MCK: bLimitSwitchNeg C00833/85 MCK: bPosCtrlOn C00833/86 MCK: bDeltaPosOn C00833/87 MCK: bPosDerivativeOn C00833/88 MCK: bMotorRefOffsetOn...

  • Page 657: Phone: 800.894.0412 - Fax: 888.723.4773 - Web: Www.clrwtr.com - Email: Info@Clrwtr.com

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual Parameter reference Parameter list | C00834 Parameter | Name: Data type: UNSIGNED_8 C00833 | Binary inputs Index: 23742 = 5CBE C00833/125 L_Or_4: bIn2 C00833/126 L_Or_4: bIn3 C00833/127 L_DigitalLogic_3: bIn1 C00833/128 L_DigitalLogic_3: bIn2 C00833/129 L_DigitalLogic_3: bIn3...

  • Page 658: Phone: 800.894.0412 - Fax: 888.723.4773 - Web: Www.clrwtr.com - Email: Info@Clrwtr.com

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual Parameter reference Parameter list | C00840 Parameter | Name: Data type: INTEGER_16 C00840 | 16-bit inputs I/O level [%] Index: 23735 = 5CB7 C00840/16 LS_DisFree_a: nDis3_a C00840/17 LS_DisFree_a: nDis4_a C00840/18 LS_DisFree: wDis1 C00840/19 LS_DisFree: wDis2...

  • Page 659: Phone: 800.894.0412 - Fax: 888.723.4773 - Web: Www.clrwtr.com - Email: Info@Clrwtr.com

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual Parameter reference Parameter list | C00841 Parameter | Name: Data type: INTEGER_16 C00840 | 16-bit inputs I/O level [%] Index: 23735 = 5CB7 C00840/60 LS_ParReadWrite_3: wInLWord C00840/61 Reserved C00840/62 Reserved C00840/63 Reserved C00840/64 Reserved...

  • Page 660: Phone: 800.894.0412 - Fax: 888.723.4773 - Web: Www.clrwtr.com - Email: Info@Clrwtr.com

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual Parameter reference Parameter list | C00841 Parameter | Name: Data type: UNSIGNED_16 C00841 | 16-bit inputs I/O level Index: 23734 = 5CB6 C00841/19 LS_DisFree: wDis2 C00841/20 LS_DisFree: wDis3 C00841/21 LS_DisFree: wDis4 C00841/22 LP_MciOut: wState...

  • Page 661: Phone: 800.894.0412 - Fax: 888.723.4773 - Web: Www.clrwtr.com - Email: Info@Clrwtr.com

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual Parameter reference Parameter list | C00843 Parameter | Name: Data type: UNSIGNED_16 C00841 | 16-bit inputs I/O level Index: 23734 = 5CB6 C00841/63 Reserved C00841/64 Reserved C00841/65 Reserved C00841/66 Reserved C00841/67 Reserved C00841/68 Reserved...

  • Page 662: Phone: 800.894.0412 - Fax: 888.723.4773 - Web: Www.clrwtr.com - Email: Info@Clrwtr.com

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual Parameter reference Parameter list | C00843 Parameter | Name: Data type: UNSIGNED_8 C00843 | Binary inputs I/O level Index: 23732 = 5CB4 C00843/25 LS_DisFree_b: bDis5 C00843/26 LS_DisFree_b: bDis6 C00843/27 LS_DisFree_b: bDis7 C00843/28 LS_DisFree_b: bDis8...

  • Page 663: Phone: 800.894.0412 - Fax: 888.723.4773 - Web: Www.clrwtr.com - Email: Info@Clrwtr.com

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual Parameter reference Parameter list | C00843 Parameter | Name: Data type: UNSIGNED_8 C00843 | Binary inputs I/O level Index: 23732 = 5CB4 C00843/69 LP_MciOut: bState_B8 C00843/70 LP_MciOut: bState_B9 C00843/71 LP_MciOut: bState_B10 C00843/72 LP_MciOut: bState_B11...

  • Page 664: Phone: 800.894.0412 - Fax: 888.723.4773 - Web: Www.clrwtr.com - Email: Info@Clrwtr.com

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual Parameter reference Parameter list | C00843 Parameter | Name: Data type: UNSIGNED_8 C00843 | Binary inputs I/O level Index: 23732 = 5CB4 C00843/113 LS_ParReadWrite_2: bExecute C00843/114 LS_ParReadWrite_2: bReadWrite C00843/115 LS_ParReadWrite_3: bExecute C00843/116 LS_ParReadWrite_3: bReadWrite...

  • Page 665: Phone: 800.894.0412 - Fax: 888.723.4773 - Web: Www.clrwtr.com - Email: Info@Clrwtr.com

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual Parameter reference Parameter list | C00844 Parameter | Name: Data type: UNSIGNED_8 C00843 | Binary inputs I/O level Index: 23732 = 5CB4 C00843/157 Reserved C00843/158 Reserved C00843/159 Reserved C00843/160 Reserved C00843/161 Reserved C00843/162 Reserved...

  • Page 666: Phone: 800.894.0412 - Fax: 888.723.4773 - Web: Www.clrwtr.com - Email: Info@Clrwtr.com

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual Parameter reference Parameter list | C00866 C00866 Parameter | Name: Data type: UNSIGNED_16 C00866 | CAN input words Index: 23709 = 5C9D Display of the 16 bit input values of the CAN interface System bus "CAN on board"...

  • Page 667: Phone: 800.894.0412 - Fax: 888.723.4773 - Web: Www.clrwtr.com - Email: Info@Clrwtr.com

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual Parameter reference Parameter list | C00868 C00868 Parameter | Name: Data type: UNSIGNED_16 C00868 | CAN output words Index: 23707 = 5C9B Display of the 16 bit output values of the CAN interface System bus "CAN on board"...

  • Page 668: Phone: 800.894.0412 - Fax: 888.723.4773 - Web: Www.clrwtr.com - Email: Info@Clrwtr.com

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual Parameter reference Parameter list | C00876 C00876 Parameter | Name: Data type: UNSIGNED_16 C00876 | MCI input words Index: 23699 = 5C93 Display of the 16 bit input values of the communication module Display area (min.

  • Page 669: Phone: 800.894.0412 - Fax: 888.723.4773 - Web: Www.clrwtr.com - Email: Info@Clrwtr.com

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual Parameter reference Parameter list | C00877 C00877 Parameter | Name: Data type: UNSIGNED_16 C00877 | MCI output words Index: 23698 = 5C92 Display of the 16 bit output values of the communication module Display area (min.

  • Page 670: Phone: 800.894.0412 - Fax: 888.723.4773 - Web: Www.clrwtr.com - Email: Info@Clrwtr.com

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual Parameter reference Parameter list | C00905 C00905 Parameter | Name: Data type: UNSIGNED_8 C00905 | Motor phase direction of rotation Index: 23670 = 5C76 From version 04.00.00 In case of a control mode selected in...

  • Page 671: Phone: 800.894.0412 - Fax: 888.723.4773 - Web: Www.clrwtr.com - Email: Info@Clrwtr.com

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual Parameter reference Parameter list | C00916 C00916 Parameter | Name: Data type: UNSIGNED_16 C00916 | Motor cable cross-section Index: 23659 = 5C6B From version 02.00.00 Motor cable cross-section of a phase/cable for calculating the motor cable resistance •...

  • Page 672: Phone: 800.894.0412 - Fax: 888.723.4773 - Web: Www.clrwtr.com - Email: Info@Clrwtr.com

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual Parameter reference Parameter list | C00950 C00950 Parameter | Name: Data type: UNSIGNED_8 C00950 | L_Interpolator_1: Activation FB functions Index: 23625 = 5C49 From version 04.00.00 L_Interpolator_1 FB: Activation of signal interpolation and signal monitoring...

  • Page 673: Phone: 800.894.0412 - Fax: 888.723.4773 - Web: Www.clrwtr.com - Email: Info@Clrwtr.com

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual Parameter reference Parameter list | C00966 C00966 Parameter | Name: Data type: UNSIGNED_16 C00966 | VFC: Time const. slip comp. Index: 23609 = 5C39 From version 02.00.00 Filter time constant of the slip compensation for V/f characteristic control (VFCplus) •...

  • Page 674: Phone: 800.894.0412 - Fax: 888.723.4773 - Web: Www.clrwtr.com - Email: Info@Clrwtr.com

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual Parameter reference Parameter list | C00968 C00968 Parameter | Name: Data type: UNSIGNED_16 C00968 | VFC: Voltage interpol. point n Index: 23607 = 5C37 From version 04.00.00 Selection of the interpolation points (voltage values) for the V/f characteristic control (VFCplus) with user-definable...

  • Page 675: Phone: 800.894.0412 - Fax: 888.723.4773 - Web: Www.clrwtr.com - Email: Info@Clrwtr.com

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual Parameter reference Parameter list | C00973 C00973 Parameter | Name: Data type: UNSIGNED_16 C00973 | VFC: Ti V/f +encoder Index: 23602 = 5C32 Integral time constant of the slip regulator for V/f control (VFCplus+encoder) •...

  • Page 676: Phone: 800.894.0412 - Fax: 888.723.4773 - Web: Www.clrwtr.com - Email: Info@Clrwtr.com

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual Parameter reference Parameter list | C00979 C00979 Parameter | Name: Data type: INTEGER_16 C00979 | Cosine phi Index: 23596 = 5C2C From version 10.00.00 Display of the cosϕ setpoint and actual value with energy-saving V/f characteristic control (VFCplusEco) Display range (min.

  • Page 677: Phone: 800.894.0412 - Fax: 888.723.4773 - Web: Www.clrwtr.com - Email: Info@Clrwtr.com

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual Parameter reference Parameter list | C00985 C00985 Parameter | Name: Data type: INTEGER_16 C00985 | SLVC: Field current controller gain Index: 23590 = 5C26 Gain of the direct-axis current difference (Id) between setpoint and actual current for the voltage model of the sensorless vector control (SLVC) •...

  • Page 678: Phone: 800.894.0412 - Fax: 888.723.4773 - Web: Www.clrwtr.com - Email: Info@Clrwtr.com

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual Parameter reference Parameter list | C00991 C00991 Parameter | Name: Data type: UNSIGNED_16 C00991 | Flying restart fct.: Process Index: 23584 = 5C20 Selection of the starting value and the speed search range for the flying restart function Flying restart fct.

  • Page 679: Phone: 800.894.0412 - Fax: 888.723.4773 - Web: Www.clrwtr.com - Email: Info@Clrwtr.com

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual Parameter reference Parameter list | C00995 C00995 Parameter | Name: Data type: UNSIGNED_16 C00995 | SLPSM: Controlled current setpoint Index: 23580 = 5C1C From version 10.00.00 Sensorless control for synchronous motor Setting range (min. value | unit | max. value) 5.00...

  • Page 680: Phone: 800.894.0412 - Fax: 888.723.4773 - Web: Www.clrwtr.com - Email: Info@Clrwtr.com

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual Parameter reference Parameter list | C01000 C01000 Parameter | Name: Data type: UNSIGNED_16 C01000 | MCTRL: Status Index: 23575 = 5C17 From version 10.00.00 Display area (min. hex value | max. hex value) 0x0000...

  • Page 681: Phone: 800.894.0412 - Fax: 888.723.4773 - Web: Www.clrwtr.com - Email: Info@Clrwtr.com

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual Parameter reference Parameter list | C01083 C01083 Parameter | Name: Data type: UNSIGNED_16 C01083 | LS_WriteParamList: Error status Index: 23492 = 5BC4 From version 04.00.00 Parameter change-over: Error status: • 0 = no error •...

  • Page 682: Phone: 800.894.0412 - Fax: 888.723.4773 - Web: Www.clrwtr.com - Email: Info@Clrwtr.com

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual Parameter reference Parameter list | C01087 C01087 Parameter | Name: Data type: INTEGER_32 C01087 | LS_WriteParamList: WriteValue_2 Index: 23488 = 5BC0 From version 04.00.00 Parameter change-over: Parameter values - value set 2 Setting range (min.

  • Page 683: Phone: 800.894.0412 - Fax: 888.723.4773 - Web: Www.clrwtr.com - Email: Info@Clrwtr.com

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual Parameter reference Parameter list | C01090 C01090 Parameter | Name: Data type: INTEGER_32 C01090 | LS_ParReadWrite 1-3: Index Index: 23485 = 5BBD From version 06.00.00 Parameter to be read or written. • Format: <code number>,<subcode number>...

  • Page 684: Phone: 800.894.0412 - Fax: 888.723.4773 - Web: Www.clrwtr.com - Email: Info@Clrwtr.com

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual Parameter reference Parameter list | C01092 C01092 Parameter | Name: Data type: UNSIGNED_16 C01092 | LS_ParReadWrite 1-3: FailState Index: 23483 = 5BBB From version 04.00.00 Error status: • 0 = no error • 33803 = Invalid data type (e.g. STRING) •...

  • Page 685: Phone: 800.894.0412 - Fax: 888.723.4773 - Web: Www.clrwtr.com - Email: Info@Clrwtr.com

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual Parameter reference Parameter list | C01095 C01095 Parameter | Name: Data type: INTEGER_16 C01095 - LS_ParReadWrite 1-3: Denominator Index: 23480 = 5BB8 From version 06.00.00 Arithmetic function: Factor (denominator) for internal conversion in arithmetic modes 1 ... 3.

  • Page 686: Phone: 800.894.0412 - Fax: 888.723.4773 - Web: Www.clrwtr.com - Email: Info@Clrwtr.com

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual Parameter reference Parameter list | C01122 C01122 Parameter | Name: Data type: UNSIGNED_16 C01122 | Sync phase position Index: 23453 = 5B9D From version 03.00.00 Phase position for device synchronisation • The phase position determines the zero-time of the internal system cycle with regard to the synchronisation signal (bus cycle).

  • Page 687: Phone: 800.894.0412 - Fax: 888.723.4773 - Web: Www.clrwtr.com - Email: Info@Clrwtr.com

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual Parameter reference Parameter list | C01138 C01138 Parameter | Name: Data type: UNSIGNED_8 C01138 | L_Transient 1-4: Function Index: 23437 = 5B8D From version 04.00.00 Selection of edge evaluation Selection list 0 High edge...

  • Page 688: Phone: 800.894.0412 - Fax: 888.723.4773 - Web: Www.clrwtr.com - Email: Info@Clrwtr.com

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual Parameter reference Parameter list | C01751 C01751 Parameter | Name: Data type: UNSIGNED_8 C01751 | Service code inverter characteristic Index: 22824 = 5928 This code is for device-internal use only and must not be written to by the user!

  • Page 689: Phone: 800.894.0412 - Fax: 888.723.4773 - Web: Www.clrwtr.com - Email: Info@Clrwtr.com

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual Parameter reference Parameter list | C01903 C01903 Parameter | Name: Data type: UNSIGNED_8 C01903 | Diagnostics X6: Change baud rate Index: 22672 = 5890 New baud rate determination at the diagnostic interface X6 Selection list...

  • Page 690: Phone: 800.894.0412 - Fax: 888.723.4773 - Web: Www.clrwtr.com - Email: Info@Clrwtr.com

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual Parameter reference Parameter list | C02581 C02581 Parameter | Name: Data type: INTEGER_16 C02581 | Holding brake: Speed thresholds Index: 21994 = 55EA Speed setpoint threshold and hysteresis for automatic holding brake control Holding brake control Setting range (min.

  • Page 691: Phone: 800.894.0412 - Fax: 888.723.4773 - Web: Www.clrwtr.com - Email: Info@Clrwtr.com

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual Parameter reference Parameter list | C02582 Parameter | Name: Data type: UNSIGNED_8 C02582 | Holding brake: Setting Index: 21993 = 55E9 Bit 3 Horizontal application Direction of movement of the axis • "0" ≡ The axis performs vertical movements.

  • Page 692: Phone: 800.894.0412 - Fax: 888.723.4773 - Web: Www.clrwtr.com - Email: Info@Clrwtr.com

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual Parameter reference Parameter list | C02589 C02589 Parameter | Name: Data type: UNSIGNED_16 C02589 | Holding brake: Time system Index: 21986 = 55E2 Operating times of the holding brake • The electromechanical delay times of the holding brake are specified in the data sheets or on the holding brake nameplate.

  • Page 693: Phone: 800.894.0412 - Fax: 888.723.4773 - Web: Www.clrwtr.com - Email: Info@Clrwtr.com

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual Parameter reference Parameter list | C02607 C02607 Parameter | Name: Data type: UNSIGNED_16 C02607 | Holding brake: Status Index: 21968 = 55D0 Switching status of the holding brake control Holding brake control Display area (min.

  • Page 694: Phone: 800.894.0412 - Fax: 888.723.4773 - Web: Www.clrwtr.com - Email: Info@Clrwtr.com

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual Parameter reference Parameter list | C02611 C02611 Parameter | Name: Data type: INTEGER_16 C02611 | MCK: Limitations Index: 21964 = 55CC From version 02.00.00 Speed setpoint limits for the determination of limited validity ranges Note: Traversing with setpoints through resulting blocking zones is executed with the ramp set in C02610/2.

  • Page 695: Phone: 800.894.0412 - Fax: 888.723.4773 - Web: Www.clrwtr.com - Email: Info@Clrwtr.com

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual Parameter reference Parameter list | C02830 C02830 Parameter | Name: Data type: UNSIGNED_8 C02830 | DigInX: Debounce time Index: 21745 = 54F1 Debounce times for the digital inputs Digital terminals Selection list 0 0.00 ms 4 1.00 ms...

  • Page 696: Phone: 800.894.0412 - Fax: 888.723.4773 - Web: Www.clrwtr.com - Email: Info@Clrwtr.com

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual Parameter reference Parameter list | C02841 C02841 Parameter | Name: Data type: UNSIGNED_32 C02841 | CountIn1: Counter content Index: 21734 = 54E6 From version 03.00.00 Display of the current counter content of the digital counter input...

  • Page 697: Phone: 800.894.0412 - Fax: 888.723.4773 - Web: Www.clrwtr.com - Email: Info@Clrwtr.com

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual Parameter reference Parameter list | C02845 C02845 Parameter | Name: Data type: INTEGER_32 C02845 | FreqIn12: PosIn comparison value Index: 21730 = 54E2 From version 06.00.00 Output of the encoder position of the DI1/DI2 frequency input...

  • Page 698: Phone: 800.894.0412 - Fax: 888.723.4773 - Web: Www.clrwtr.com - Email: Info@Clrwtr.com

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual Parameter reference Parameter list | C02859 C02859 Parameter | Name: Data type: UNSIGNED_8 C02859 | PSM: Activate Lss saturation char. Index: 21716 = 54D4 From version 10.00.00 Correction via saturation characteristic Selection list (Lenze setting printed in bold)

  • Page 699: Phone: 800.894.0412 - Fax: 888.723.4773 - Web: Www.clrwtr.com - Email: Info@Clrwtr.com

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual Parameter reference Parameter list | C02870 C02870 Parameter | Name: Data type: INTEGER_16 C02870 | PLI without motion: Optimisation factor Index: 21705 = 54C9 From version 11.00.00 Pole position identification without motion Display range (min.

  • Page 700: Phone: 800.894.0412 - Fax: 888.723.4773 - Web: Www.clrwtr.com - Email: Info@Clrwtr.com

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual Parameter reference Parameter list | C02874 C02874 Parameter | Name: Data type: UNSIGNED_16 C02874 | PLI without motion Index: 21701 = 54C5 From version 11.00.00 Pole position identification without motion Setting range (min. hex value | max. hex value)

  • Page 701: Phone: 800.894.0412 - Fax: 888.723.4773 - Web: Www.clrwtr.com - Email: Info@Clrwtr.com

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual Parameter reference Parameter list | C02879 C02879 Parameter | Name: Data type: UNSIGNED_16 C02879 | Slip calculation from equivalent circuit diagram Index: 21696 = 54C0 From version 11.00.00 In order to achieve a better speed stability and torque accuracy, the slip calculation can be either derived from the motor nameplate data (e.g.

  • Page 702: Phone: 800.894.0412 - Fax: 888.723.4773 - Web: Www.clrwtr.com - Email: Info@Clrwtr.com

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual Parameter reference Parameter list 14.2.1 Selection lists for connection parameters 14.2.1.1 Selection list - analog signals This selection list is relevant for the Selection list - analog signals following parameters: 1223 LA_SwitchPos_wFreeOut3 1224 LA_SwitchPos_wFreeOut4...

  • Page 703: Phone: 800.894.0412 - Fax: 888.723.4773 - Web: Www.clrwtr.com - Email: Info@Clrwtr.com

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual Parameter reference Parameter list Selection list - analog signals Selection list - analog signals 16135 LS_ParReadWrite_3_wOutLWord 32207 MCK_wMotionState2 20000 LS_ParFix_Pos100_a 32208 MCK_wAuxState 20001 LS_ParFix_Neg100_a 32209 MCK_nPWMAngleOffset 20002 LS_ParFix_Pos199_99_a 32210 MCK_nTorqueLimitAdapt_a 20003 LS_ParFix_Neg199_99_a 32211 Reserved...

  • Page 704: Phone: 800.894.0412 - Fax: 888.723.4773 - Web: Www.clrwtr.com - Email: Info@Clrwtr.com

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual Parameter reference Parameter list Selection list - analog signals 42006 LA_nCtrl_In_nMainSetValue 42007 LA_nCtrl_In_nAuxSetValue 42008 LA_nCtrl_In_nGPAnalogSwitchIn1_a 42009 LA_nCtrl_In_nGPAnalogSwitchIn2_a 42010 LA_nCtrl_In_nGPArithmetikIn1_a 42011 LA_nCtrl_In_nGPArithmetikIn2_a 42012 LA_nCtrl_In_nGPMulDivIn_a 42013 LA_nCtrl_In_nGPCompareIn1_a 42014 LA_nCtrl_In_nGPCompareIn2_a 42015 LA_nCtrl_In_nVoltageAdd_a 42016 LA_nCtrl_In_nPIDInfluence_a 42017 LA_nCtrl_In_nPIDSetValue_a 42018 LA_nCtrl_In_nPWMAngleOffset...

  • Page 705: Phone: 800.894.0412 - Fax: 888.723.4773 - Web: Www.clrwtr.com - Email: Info@Clrwtr.com

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual Parameter reference Parameter list 14.2.1.2 Selection list - digital signals This selection list is relevant for the Selection list - digital signals following parameters: 1210 LA_SwitchPos_bSpeedSetReached 1211 LA_SwitchPos_bSpeedActEqSet Parameter 1212 LA_SwitchPos_bBrakeReleaseOut C00411 L_SignalMonitor_b: Signal sources...

  • Page 706: Phone: 800.894.0412 - Fax: 888.723.4773 - Web: Www.clrwtr.com - Email: Info@Clrwtr.com

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual Parameter reference Parameter list Selection list - digital signals Selection list - digital signals 16035 CAN2_bIn1_B6 16087 MciIn_bIn2_B10 16036 CAN2_bIn1_B7 16088 MciIn_bIn2_B11 16037 CAN2_bIn1_B8 16089 MciIn_bIn2_B12 16038 CAN2_bIn1_B9 16090 MciIn_bIn2_B13 16039 CAN2_bIn1_B10 16091 MciIn_bIn2_B14...

  • Page 707: Phone: 800.894.0412 - Fax: 888.723.4773 - Web: Www.clrwtr.com - Email: Info@Clrwtr.com

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual Parameter reference Parameter list Selection list - digital signals Selection list - digital signals 20041 bDoubleFlash 32204 MCK_bBrkReleaseOut 20042 bSquareWave 32205 MCK_bBrkReleased 20043 bFirstCycle 32206 MCK_bDeltaPosOn 32000 LS_DeviceMonitor_MCTRL_bFanFault 32207 MCK_bPosDerivativeOn 32001 LS_DeviceMonitor_MCTRL_bHeatSinkTemp 32208 MCK_bMotorRefOffsetOn...

  • Page 708: Phone: 800.894.0412 - Fax: 888.723.4773 - Web: Www.clrwtr.com - Email: Info@Clrwtr.com

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual Parameter reference Parameter list Selection list - digital signals Selection list - digital signals 42002 LA_NCtrl_In_bSetQuickstop 42212 LA_SwitchPos_bJogCtrlJog2 42003 LA_NCtrl_In_bSetDCBrake 42213 LA_SwitchPos_bJogCtrlSlowDown1 42004 LA_NCtrl_In_bRFG_Stop 42214 LA_SwitchPos_bJogCtrlStop1 42005 LA_NCtrl_In_bRFG_0 42215 LA_SwitchPos_bJogCtrlSlowDown2 42007 LA_NCtrl_In_bSetSpeedCcw 42216 LA_SwitchPos_bJogCtrlStop2...

  • Page 709: Phone: 800.894.0412 - Fax: 888.723.4773 - Web: Www.clrwtr.com - Email: Info@Clrwtr.com

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual Parameter reference Parameter list 14.2.1.3 Selection list - angle signals This selection list is relevant for the following parameters: Parameter C00622 System connection list: Angle Selection list - angle signals 0 Not connected 1005 LA_NCtrl_dnFreeOut1_p...

  • Page 710: Phone: 800.894.0412 - Fax: 888.723.4773 - Web: Www.clrwtr.com - Email: Info@Clrwtr.com

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual Parameter reference Table of attributes 14.3 Table of attributes The table of attributes contains information required for a communication with the controller via parameters. How to read the table of attributes: Column Meaning Entry...

  • Page 711: Phone: 800.894.0412 - Fax: 888.723.4773 - Web: Www.clrwtr.com - Email: Info@Clrwtr.com

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual Parameter reference Table of attributes Code Name Index Data Access Factor CINH C00028 AINx: Input voltage 24547 5FE3 INTEGER_16 C00029 AINx: Input current 24546 5FE2 INTEGER_16 C00033 AINx: Output value 24542 5FDE INTEGER_16 C00034...

  • Page 712: Phone: 800.894.0412 - Fax: 888.723.4773 - Web: Www.clrwtr.com - Email: Info@Clrwtr.com

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual Parameter reference Table of attributes Code Name Index Data Access Factor CINH C00107 DC braking: Hold time 24468 5F94 UNSIGNED_32 1000 C00114 DigInX: Inversion 24461 5F8D UNSIGNED_16 C00115 DI1| DI2: Function 24460 5F8C UNSIGNED_8...

  • Page 713: Phone: 800.894.0412 - Fax: 888.723.4773 - Web: Www.clrwtr.com - Email: Info@Clrwtr.com

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual Parameter reference Table of attributes Code Name Index Data Access Factor CINH C00203 Product type code 24372 5F34 VISIBLE_STRING [24] C00204 Serial number 24371 5F33 VISIBLE_STRING [24] C00220 L_NSet_1: Acceleration time - add. 24355...

  • Page 714: Phone: 800.894.0412 - Fax: 888.723.4773 - Web: Www.clrwtr.com - Email: Info@Clrwtr.com

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual Parameter reference Table of attributes Code Name Index Data Access Factor CINH C00352 CAN Slave/Master 24223 5E9F UNSIGNED_8 C00353 CAN IN/OUT COBID source 24222 5E9E UNSIGNED_8 C00354 COBID 24221 5E9D UNSIGNED_32 C00355 Active COBID...

  • Page 715: Phone: 800.894.0412 - Fax: 888.723.4773 - Web: Www.clrwtr.com - Email: Info@Clrwtr.com

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual Parameter reference Table of attributes Code Name Index Data Access Factor CINH C00467 Keypad: Default welcome screen 24108 5E2C INTEGER_32 C00469 Keypad: STOP key function 24106 5E2A INTEGER_32 C00470 LS_ParFree_b 24105 5E29 UNSIGNED_8 C00471...

  • Page 716: Phone: 800.894.0412 - Fax: 888.723.4773 - Web: Www.clrwtr.com - Email: Info@Clrwtr.com

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual Parameter reference Table of attributes Code Name Index Data Access Factor CINH C00606 Resp. to motor overload (I²xt) 23969 5DA1 UNSIGNED_8 C00607 Resp. to max. freq. feedb. DIG12/67 23968 5DA0 UNSIGNED_8 C00608 Resp. to maximum torque...

  • Page 717: Phone: 800.894.0412 - Fax: 888.723.4773 - Web: Www.clrwtr.com - Email: Info@Clrwtr.com

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual Parameter reference Table of attributes Code Name Index Data Access Factor CINH C00828 L_DigitalLogic_3: Function 23747 5CC3 UNSIGNED_8 C00829 L_DigitalLogic_3: truth table 23746 5CC2 UNSIGNED_8 C00830 16-bit inputs [%] 23745 5CC1 INTEGER_16 C00831 16-bit inputs...

  • Page 718: Phone: 800.894.0412 - Fax: 888.723.4773 - Web: Www.clrwtr.com - Email: Info@Clrwtr.com

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual Parameter reference Table of attributes Code Name Index Data Access Factor CINH C00991 Flying restart fct.: Process 23584 5C20 UNSIGNED_16 C00992 Flying restart fct.: Start frequency 23583 5C1F INTEGER_16 C00993 Flying restart fct: Int. time...

  • Page 719: Phone: 800.894.0412 - Fax: 888.723.4773 - Web: Www.clrwtr.com - Email: Info@Clrwtr.com

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual Parameter reference Table of attributes Code Name Index Data Access Factor CINH C02844 FreqIn12: Function 21731 54E3 UNSIGNED_8 C02845 FreqIn12: PosIn comparison value 21730 54E2 INTEGER_32 C02853 PSM: Lss saturation characteristic 21722 54DA UNSIGNED_8...

  • Page 720: Working With The Fb Editor

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual Working with the FB Editor Basics Working with the FB Editor The function block editor (in the following called "FB Editor") is available in the »Engineer« from the "StateLine" device version. The FB Editor serves, for example, to: ...

  • Page 721: Basic Components Of A Drive Solution

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual Working with the FB Editor Basics  Note! With the "StateLine" version, the interconnection shown in the application level cannot be edited. 15.1.1 Basic components of a drive solution A drive solution consists of the following basic components: ...

  • Page 722: What Is A Function Block

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual Working with the FB Editor Basics 15.1.1.1 What is a function block? A function block (FB) can be compared with an integrated circuit that contains a specific control logic and delivers one or several values when being executed.

  • Page 723: Parameterisable Function Blocks

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual Working with the FB Editor Basics 15.1.1.2 Parameterisable function blocks Some function blocks have parameters which serve to change particular settings during operation, if required, or which display actual values & status information.  The icon in the head of the module, a double-click on the module, or the Parameter...

  • Page 724: What Is A Port Block

    I/O level to the application level and vice versa. • In the Lenze setting, these connectors are hidden in the function block editor. • These connections can be shown via the Connector visibilities command in the Context menu of the application block.

  • Page 725: Conventions Used For Input/Output Identifiers

     Tip! The conventions used by Lenze are based on the "Hungarian Notation". This ensures that the most significant characteristics of the corresponding input/output (e.g. the data type) can be instantly recognised from its identifier.

  • Page 726: Scaling Of Physical Units

    Signal type entry In general, it is possible to assign a certain signal type to the inputs and outputs of the Lenze function blocks. There are e.g. digital, scaled, position, acceleration and speed signals.  A corresponding ending (preceded by an underscore) is added to the identifier of the corresponding input/output to indicate the signal type.

  • Page 727: User Interface

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual Working with the FB Editor User interface 15.2 User interface  How to access the FB Editor: 1. Go to Project View and select the 8400 controller. 2. Go to Workspace and select the FB Editor tab.

  • Page 728: Toolbar

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual Working with the FB Editor User interface 15.2.1 Toolbar The FB Editor is provided with an individual toolbar in the upper position which in the following text is called FB Editor toolbar.  Click an icon to execute the corresponding function.

  • Page 729: Search Function

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual Working with the FB Editor User interface 15.2.2 Search function Use the search function to get quickly to a certain module of the interconnection.  The list field of the search function contains all function blocks, system blocks, and port blocks of the interconnection: ...

  • Page 730: Level Selection

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual Working with the FB Editor User interface  Tip! You can also enter any search text in the input field. • If you click the icon, the cutout is moved to the object which contains this search text.

  • Page 731: Phone: 800.894.0412 - Fax: 888.723.4773 - Web: Www.clrwtr.com - Email: Info@Clrwtr.com

    I/O level to the application level and vice versa. • In the Lenze setting, these connectors are hidden in the function block editor. • These connections can be shown via the Connector visibilities command in the Context menu of the application block.

  • Page 732: Editor View/Overview

    When you confirm this confirmation prompt with Yes, the I/O level and the application level are not available anymore. This action can only be undone by resetting the application to a predefined Lenze application! Resetting changed interconnection (...

  • Page 733: Context Menu

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual Working with the FB Editor User interface 15.2.5 Context menu You can open a context menu via the right mouse button for each object (function block, system block, line, comment, etc.) and for the drawing area: ...

  • Page 734: Overview Window

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual Working with the FB Editor User interface 15.2.7 Overview window The overview window shows the drawing area in a reduced view. The overview window serves to e.g. move quickly through a more complex interconnection.

  • Page 735: Phone: 800.894.0412 - Fax: 888.723.4773 - Web: Www.clrwtr.com - Email: Info@Clrwtr.com

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual Working with the FB Editor User interface  How to redefine the cutout to be presented: In the overview window draw a frame around the area of the interconnection which is to be presented in the drawing window by keeping the left mouse button pressed: •...

  • Page 736: Using The Fb Editor As "Viewer

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual Working with the FB Editor Using the FB Editor as "Viewer" 15.3 Using the FB Editor as "Viewer" The main purpose of the FB Editor is the individual configuration of the selected technology application. However, you can also use the FB Editor to ...

  • Page 737: Following Connections Of Inputs And Outputs

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual Working with the FB Editor Using the FB Editor as "Viewer" 15.3.1 Following connections of inputs and outputs In addition to the Search function you can use the context menu of inputs and outputs to follow connections and quickly reach certain signals.

  • Page 738: Keyboard Commands For Navigation

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual Working with the FB Editor Using the FB Editor as "Viewer"  How to navigate from one input to another connected output: If the input is connected to a flag: • Double-click the flag: If the input is connected to a line: 1.

  • Page 739: Change Online Display Format

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual Working with the FB Editor Using the FB Editor as "Viewer" 15.3.3 Change online display format For online monitoring in the FB Editor the display format of the input and output data of a block can be adapted individually.

  • Page 740: Phone: 800.894.0412 - Fax: 888.723.4773 - Web: Www.clrwtr.com - Email: Info@Clrwtr.com

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual Working with the FB Editor Using the FB Editor as "Viewer" 3. Click the symbol to edit the display format of the selected inputs/outputs. • The Edit display format dialog box is displayed: 4. Go to the Display format list field and select the "User-defined" entry.

  • Page 741: Reconfiguring The Predefined Interconnection

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual Working with the FB Editor Reconfiguring the predefined interconnection 15.4 Reconfiguring the predefined interconnection How to proceed: 1. Insert additionally required objects into the interconnection. 2. Hide unneeded inputs/outputs of function blocks and system blocks to obtain a clearly arranged interconnection.

  • Page 742: Inserting A Function Block

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual Working with the FB Editor Reconfiguring the predefined interconnection 15.4.1.1 Inserting a function block  Note! In the FB Editor, function blocks are only available in the "Application interconnection" level!  How to insert a function block into the interconnection: 1.

  • Page 743: Phone: 800.894.0412 - Fax: 888.723.4773 - Web: Www.clrwtr.com - Email: Info@Clrwtr.com

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual Working with the FB Editor Reconfiguring the predefined interconnection 5. Select the function block to be inserted in the Search results list field. 6. Press Insert button. • The dialog box is closed and the selected function block is inserted into the interconnection.

  • Page 744: Inserting A System Block

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual Working with the FB Editor Reconfiguring the predefined interconnection 15.4.1.2 Inserting a system block A system block is inserted similarly to the way a function block is inserted.  How to insert a system block into the interconnection: 1.

  • Page 745: Phone: 800.894.0412 - Fax: 888.723.4773 - Web: Www.clrwtr.com - Email: Info@Clrwtr.com

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual Working with the FB Editor Reconfiguring the predefined interconnection 5. Select the system block to be inserted in the Search results list field. 6. Press Insert button. • The dialog box is closed and the selected system block is inserted into the interconnection.

  • Page 746: Inserting A Port Block

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual Working with the FB Editor Reconfiguring the predefined interconnection 15.4.1.3 Inserting a port block All input/output ports defined for the application on the Ports tab can be inserted into the interconnection in the form of port blocks in order to get access to the associated element variables.

  • Page 747: Phone: 800.894.0412 - Fax: 888.723.4773 - Web: Www.clrwtr.com - Email: Info@Clrwtr.com

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual Working with the FB Editor Reconfiguring the predefined interconnection 5. Press Insert button. • The dialog box is closed and the selected port block is inserted into the interconnection. Context menu for the port block...

  • Page 748: Inserting A Comment

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual Working with the FB Editor Reconfiguring the predefined interconnection 15.4.1.4 Inserting a comment Comments can be inserted at any position in the drawing area. As of the »Engineer« V2.10, the interior colour and text alignment of a comment can be changed via a properties dialog.

  • Page 749: Phone: 800.894.0412 - Fax: 888.723.4773 - Web: Www.clrwtr.com - Email: Info@Clrwtr.com

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual Working with the FB Editor Reconfiguring the predefined interconnection 4. Optional: Change preset interior colour. • For this purpose, click the left Change... button to open the Colour dialog box to select another interior colour.

  • Page 750: Deleting Objects That Are No Longer Required

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual Working with the FB Editor Reconfiguring the predefined interconnection 15.4.1.5 Deleting objects that are no longer required Objects that are no longer required can be easily deleted again. "Delete" only means that the object is removed from the drawing area. If you have deleted an object from the drawing area, you can reinsert it any time into the interconnection.

  • Page 751: Changing Connector Visibilities

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual Working with the FB Editor Reconfiguring the predefined interconnection 15.4.2 Changing connector visibilities Inputs and outputs that are not connected can be hidden for each block. This serves to reduce the dimension of the block. The interconnection becomes clearer.

  • Page 752: Arranging Objects In The Drawing Area

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual Working with the FB Editor Reconfiguring the predefined interconnection 15.4.3 Arranging objects in the drawing area All objects can be freely arranged in the drawing area by dragging with the mouse. We recommend to make an arrangement in which the required connections between the inputs and outputs can be created easily.

  • Page 753: Creating/Deleting Connections

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual Working with the FB Editor Reconfiguring the predefined interconnection 15.4.4 Creating/deleting connections After adding objects and arranging them in a reasonable manner within the drawing area, you can create the connections between the available objects which are required for the desired function.

  • Page 754: Phone: 800.894.0412 - Fax: 888.723.4773 - Web: Www.clrwtr.com - Email: Info@Clrwtr.com

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual Working with the FB Editor Reconfiguring the predefined interconnection Connection types Connections can either be created by means of connection lines or port identifiers ("flags") [15-8] Example 1: Connection via connection line [15-9] Example 2: Connection via flags ...

  • Page 755: Creating A Connection Using The Connection Line

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual Working with the FB Editor Reconfiguring the predefined interconnection 15.4.4.1 Creating a connection using the connection line  How to create a connection using the connection line: 1. Click the port symbol from which the new connection is to be started.

  • Page 756: Creating A Connection Using Port Identifiers

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual Working with the FB Editor Reconfiguring the predefined interconnection 15.4.4.2 Creating a connection using port identifiers  How to create a connection with port identifiers: 1. Click the port identifier. • The selected port is highlighted in light green: 2.

  • Page 757: Creating A Connection Via Connection Dialog

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual Working with the FB Editor Reconfiguring the predefined interconnection 15.4.4.3 Creating a connection via connection dialog You can also create connections by means of a selection dialog instead of dragging by mouse. This especially makes sense if there is a great distance between the ports to be connected in the drawing area.

  • Page 758: Deleting Connections That Are No Longer Required

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual Working with the FB Editor Reconfiguring the predefined interconnection 15.4.4.4 Deleting connections that are no longer required  How to delete connection lines: 1. Select connection lines to be deleted. • Select a single connection line by directly clicking on the connection line with the right mouse button.

  • Page 759: Changing The Processing Order

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual Working with the FB Editor Reconfiguring the predefined interconnection 15.4.5 Changing the processing order If you insert a function block into the interconnection, an order index is automatically assigned to this function block. By means of this order index it is defined in which order the individual function blocks are calculated at runtime.

  • Page 760: Phone: 800.894.0412 - Fax: 888.723.4773 - Web: Www.clrwtr.com - Email: Info@Clrwtr.com

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual Working with the FB Editor Reconfiguring the predefined interconnection  How to change the processing order manually: 1. Use the list field at the top right to change from the Editor to the overview.

  • Page 761: Copying Interconnection Elements (Across All Devices)

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual Working with the FB Editor Reconfiguring the predefined interconnection Changing the processing order according to an automatically generated selection In addition to the manual selection, the Optimisation... list field also offers two options for an automatic adaptation of the processing order: ...

  • Page 762: Phone: 800.894.0412 - Fax: 888.723.4773 - Web: Www.clrwtr.com - Email: Info@Clrwtr.com

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual Working with the FB Editor Reconfiguring the predefined interconnection 3. If the elements are to be copied into a function block interconnection of another project device, change to the corresponding interconnection via the project view.

  • Page 763: Insert Options For Copied Elements

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual Working with the FB Editor Reconfiguring the predefined interconnection 15.4.6.1 Insert options for copied elements If interconnection elements have been copied to the clipboard, the »Engineer« will display a list of all elements contained in the clipboard when selecting the command Insert in the...

  • Page 764: Resetting Changed Interconnection

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual Working with the FB Editor Reconfiguring the predefined interconnection  The buttons serve to execute the following functions: Button Function Insert Add elements selected in the list to the target interconnection • Only possible if at least one element in the list has been selected for insertion.

  • Page 765: Adjusting Online And Offline Interconnection

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual Working with the FB Editor Adjusting online and offline interconnection 15.5 Adjusting online and offline interconnection If the »Engineer« detects that online and offline interconnection differ from each other, the Compare interconnection dialog box is displayed with various options for the adjustment: ...

  • Page 766: Printing The Interconnection

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual Working with the FB Editor Printing the interconnection 15.6 Printing the interconnection The interconnection can be printed for documentation purposes, optionally on one page, on four pages, or not scaled.  Tip! By clicking the icon in the FB Editor toolbar, you can get a print view before printing.

  • Page 767: Comparing Interconnections

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual Working with the FB Editor Comparing interconnections 15.7 Comparing interconnections The comparison operation serves to compare FB interconnections of 8400 devices within the project. An offline<>online comparison and the comparison of two online devices are possible.

  • Page 768: Phone: 800.894.0412 - Fax: 888.723.4773 - Web: Www.clrwtr.com - Email: Info@Clrwtr.com

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual Working with the FB Editor Comparing interconnections 3. Click Compare. • If the comparison was executed successfully, the comparison result is displayed as a list (see the following section). • If a comparison of the selected interconnections is not possible, a corresponding message is displayed.

  • Page 769: Phone: 800.894.0412 - Fax: 888.723.4773 - Web: Www.clrwtr.com - Email: Info@Clrwtr.com

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual Working with the FB Editor Comparing interconnections Symbol Function Show block parameters • Function is only available in expert mode. Show application parameters • Function is only available in expert mode. Show all • Function is only available in expert mode.

  • Page 770: Copying An Interconnection

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual Working with the FB Editor Copying an interconnection 15.8 Copying an interconnection In contrast to copying/inserting selected interconnection elements via the clipboard, the function described in this chapter serves to replace the current FB interconnection of a device completely by the FB interconnection of another project device.

  • Page 771: Exporting/Importing An Interconnection

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual Working with the FB Editor Exporting/Importing an interconnection 15.9 Exporting/Importing an interconnection The interconnection existing in the project can be exported to a file for reuse/transfer to other devices.  Note! The file can only be imported to devices of the same device type and version (e.g.

  • Page 772: Function Library

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual Function library Function blocks Function library 16.1 Function blocks This chapter describes the function blocks which are available for the controller in the FB Editor.  The system blocks are described in the following chapter "System...

  • Page 773: Phone: 800.894.0412 - Fax: 888.723.4773 - Web: Www.clrwtr.com - Email: Info@Clrwtr.com

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual Function library Function blocks Function block Runtime Function L_OffsetGainP_1 17 μs ... can add an offset to an analog input signal and amplify it afterwards. L_OffsetGainP_2 • Offset and gain can be set via parameters.

  • Page 774: L_Absolute_1

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual Function library Function blocks | L_Absolute_1 16.1.1 L_Absolute_1 This FB converts a bipolar input signal into a unipolar output signal. Inputs Identifier Information/possible settings Data type nIn_a Input signal Outputs Identifier Value/meaning Data type...

  • Page 775: L_Addsub_1

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual Function library Function blocks | L_AddSub_1 16.1.2 L_AddSub_1 This FB is provided with two adding inputs and one subtracting input.  The value provided at the nOut_a output is internally limited to ±32767. Inputs...

  • Page 776: L_Analogswitch_1

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual Function library Function blocks | L_AnalogSwitch_1 16.1.3 L_AnalogSwitch_1 This function block switches between two analog input signals. The switching is controlled via a boolean input signal. Inputs Identifier Information/possible settings Data type nIn1_a Input signal 1...

  • Page 777: L_Analogswitch_2

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual Function library Function blocks | L_AnalogSwitch_2 16.1.4 L_AnalogSwitch_2 This function block switches between two analog input signals. The switching is controlled via a boolean input signal. Inputs Identifier Information/possible settings Data type nIn1_a Input signal 1...

  • Page 778: L_Analogswitch_3

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual Function library Function blocks | L_AnalogSwitch_3 16.1.5 L_AnalogSwitch_3 This function block switches between two analog input signals. The switching is controlled via a boolean input signal. Inputs Identifier Information/possible settings Data type nIn1_a Input signal 1...

  • Page 779: L_And_1

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual Function library Function blocks | L_And_1 16.1.6 L_And_1 This FB implements the ANDing of the input signals. Inputs Identifier Information/possible settings Data type bIn1 Input signal bIn2 bIn3 BOOL Outputs Identifier Value/meaning Data type...

  • Page 780: L_And_2

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual Function library Function blocks | L_And_2 16.1.7 L_And_2 This FB implements the ANDing of the input signals. Inputs Identifier Information/possible settings Data type bIn1 Input signal bIn2 bIn3 BOOL Outputs Identifier Value/meaning Data type...

  • Page 781: L_And_3

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual Function library Function blocks | L_And_3 16.1.8 L_And_3 This FB implements the ANDing of the input signals. Inputs Identifier Information/possible settings Data type bIn1 Input signal bIn2 bIn3 BOOL Outputs Identifier Value/meaning Data type...

  • Page 782: L_Arithmetik_1

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual Function library Function blocks | L_Arithmetik_1 16.1.9 L_Arithmetik_1 This FB can combine two analog signals arithmetically.  The arithmetic function is selected in C00338.  All internal intermediate results and the value output at the nOut_a output are internally limited to ±32767.

  • Page 783: Phone: 800.894.0412 - Fax: 888.723.4773 - Web: Www.clrwtr.com - Email: Info@Clrwtr.com

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual Function library Function blocks | L_Arithmetik_1 Parameter Parameter Possible settings Info C00338 Function selection nOut_a nIn1_a nOut_a nIn1_a nIn2_a nOut_a nIn1_a nIn2_a – nIn1_a nIn2_a ⋅ nOut_a ---------------------------------------- 16384 When the denominator has the...

  • Page 784: L_Arithmetik_2

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual Function library Function blocks | L_Arithmetik_2 16.1.10 L_Arithmetik_2 This FB can combine two analog signals arithmetically.  The arithmetic function is selected in C00339.  All internal intermediate results and the value output at the nOut_a output are internally limited to ±32767.

  • Page 785: Phone: 800.894.0412 - Fax: 888.723.4773 - Web: Www.clrwtr.com - Email: Info@Clrwtr.com

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual Function library Function blocks | L_Arithmetik_2 Parameter Parameter Possible settings Info C00339 Function selection nOut_a nIn1_a nOut_a nIn1_a nIn2_a nOut_a nIn1_a nIn2_a – nIn1_a nIn2_a ⋅ nOut_a ---------------------------------------- 16384 When the denominator has the...

  • Page 786: L_Compare_1

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual Function library Function blocks | L_Compare_1 16.1.11 L_Compare_1 This FB compares two analog signals and can be used e.g. to implement a trigger.  Comparison operation, hysteresis and window size can be parameterised. Inputs...

  • Page 787: Function 1: Nin1 = Nin2

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual Function library Function blocks | L_Compare_1 16.1.11.1 Function 1: nIn1 = nIn2 This function compares two signals with regard to equality. It can, for instance, provide the comparison "actual speed equals setpoint speed " (n ...

  • Page 788: Function 2: Nin1 > Nin2

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual Function library Function blocks | L_Compare_1 16.1.11.2 Function 2: nIn1 > nIn2 This function serves, for instance, to implement the comparison "actual speed is higher than a limit value" (n > n ) for one direction of rotation.

  • Page 789: Phone: 800.894.0412 - Fax: 888.723.4773 - Web: Www.clrwtr.com - Email: Info@Clrwtr.com

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual Function library Function blocks | L_Compare_1 16.1.11.3 Function 3: nIn1 < nIn2 This function serves, for instance, to implement the comparison "actual speed is lower than a limit value" (n < n ) for one direction of rotation.

  • Page 790: Function 4: |Nin1| = |Nin2

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual Function library Function blocks | L_Compare_1 16.1.11.4 Function 4: |nIn1| = |nIn2| This function serves to implement e.g. the comparison "n = 0". This function is similar to function 1. However, the amount is generated by the input signals before signal processing (without sign).

  • Page 791: L_Compare_2

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual Function library Function blocks | L_Compare_2 16.1.12 L_Compare_2 This FB compares two analog signals and can be used e.g. to implement a trigger.  Comparison operation, hysteresis and window size can be parameterised. Inputs...

  • Page 792: L_Compare_3

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual Function library Function blocks | L_Compare_3 16.1.13 L_Compare_3 This FB compares two analog signals and can be used e.g. to implement a trigger.  Comparison operation, hysteresis and window size can be parameterised. Inputs...

  • Page 793: L_Dflipflop_1

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual Function library Function blocks | L_DFlipFlop_1 16.1.14 L_DFlipFlop_1 The FB saves binary signals (DFlipFlop) in a clock-controlled way. Inputs Identifier Information/possible settings Data type Data input BOOL bClk Clock input • Only FALSE/TRUE edges are evaluated...

  • Page 794: Phone: 800.894.0412 - Fax: 888.723.4773 - Web: Www.clrwtr.com - Email: Info@Clrwtr.com

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual Function library Function blocks | L_DFlipFlop_1 If the bClr input = TRUE:  Due to the priority bClr > bClk, bD the bOut output signal can be set any time to the FALSE status by the bClr input signal = TRUE.

  • Page 795: L_Digitaldelay_1

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual Function library Function blocks | L_DigitalDelay_1 16.1.15 L_DigitalDelay_1 This FB delays binary signals.  The ON and OFF delays can be parameterised independently of one another. Inputs Identifier Information/possible settings Data type Input signal...

  • Page 796: Phone: 800.894.0412 - Fax: 888.723.4773 - Web: Www.clrwtr.com - Email: Info@Clrwtr.com

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual Function library Function blocks | L_DigitalDelay_1 Function TRUE FALSE bOut TRUE FALSE Œ  Œ Œ  ON delay OFF delay  Internal timing element for ON delay (retriggerable)  Internal timing element for OFF delay (retriggerable) 1.

  • Page 797: L_Digitallogic_1

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual Function library Function blocks | L_DigitalLogic_1 16.1.16 L_DigitalLogic_1 This FB provides a binary output signal created by a logic operation of the input signals. Optionally, one of the constant binary values independent from the input signals can be output.

  • Page 798: Phone: 800.894.0412 - Fax: 888.723.4773 - Web: Www.clrwtr.com - Email: Info@Clrwtr.com

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual Function library Function blocks | L_DigitalLogic_1 Parameter Parameter Possible settings Info C00820 Function selection 0 "0" Constant value "FALSE" 1 "1" Constant value "TRUE" AND operation bOut bIn1 ∧ bIn2 ∧ bIn3 OR operation...

  • Page 799: L_Digitallogic_3

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual Function library Function blocks | L_DigitalLogic_3 16.1.17 L_DigitalLogic_3 This FB provides a binary output signal created by a logic operation of the input signals. Optionally, one of the constant binary values independent from the input signals can be output.

  • Page 800: Phone: 800.894.0412 - Fax: 888.723.4773 - Web: Www.clrwtr.com - Email: Info@Clrwtr.com

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual Function library Function blocks | L_DigitalLogic_3 Parameter Parameter Possible settings Info C00828 Function selection 0 "0" Constant value "FALSE" 1 "1" Constant value "TRUE" AND operation bOut bIn1 ∧ bIn2 ∧ bIn3 OR operation...

  • Page 801: L_Gainoffset_1

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual Function library Function blocks | L_GainOffset_1 16.1.18 L_GainOffset_1 This FB can amplify an analog input signal and then add an offset to it. Preferably to be interconnected directly after the analog input terminals.  The internal calculations (addition and subtraction) are carried out with 32 bits without overflow/underflow.

  • Page 802: L_Gainoffset_2

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual Function library Function blocks | L_GainOffset_2 16.1.19 L_GainOffset_2 This FB can amplify an analog input signal and then add an offset to it. Preferably to be interconnected directly after the analog input terminals.  The internal calculations (addition and subtraction) are carried out with 32 bits without overflow/underflow.

  • Page 803: L_Gainoffset_3

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual Function library Function blocks | L_GainOffset_3 16.1.20 L_GainOffset_3 This FB can amplify an analog input signal and then add an offset to it. Preferably to be interconnected directly after the analog input terminals.  The internal calculations (addition and subtraction) are carried out with 32 bits without overflow/underflow.

  • Page 804: L_Interpolator_1

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual Function library Function blocks | L_Interpolator_1 16.1.21 L_Interpolator_1 This FB interpolates a position setpoint and/or an analog value e.g. to compensate for larger bus transmission cycles or to continue signal characteristics if data telegrams are missing.

  • Page 805: Signal Interpolation

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual Function library Function blocks | L_Interpolator_1 Parameter Parameter Possible settings Info C00950/1 Signal interpolation of the dnPhIn_p and nNIn_a input signals 0 Off • Lenze setting: Off 1 On Signal interpolation ( 805) C00950/2...

  • Page 806: Signal Monitoring

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual Function library Function blocks | L_Interpolator_1  Note! Do not change the number of interpolation steps during operation. Otherwise the interpolation becomes inaccurate. 16.1.21.2 Signal monitoring If signal monitoring is active (C00950/2 = 1), the signal characteristic of the dnPhIn_p input signal is continued even if the data telegram is missing (setpoint selection via CAN).

  • Page 807: L_Jogctrlextension_1

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual Function library Function blocks | L_JogCtrlExtension_1 16.1.22 L_JogCtrlExtension_1 This FB can be connected upstream to the L_NSet ramp function generator/setpoint generator to implement a switch-off positioning at limit switch.  Detailed information on this operating mode can be found in the description of the "Switch-off positioning"...

  • Page 808: Phone: 800.894.0412 - Fax: 888.723.4773 - Web: Www.clrwtr.com - Email: Info@Clrwtr.com

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual Function library Function blocks | L_JogCtrlExtension_1 Outputs Identifier Value/meaning Data type bRfgOut Control signal for ramping down the setpoint generator • Connect this output to the bRfg0 input of the L_NSet BOOL bJog1Out Control signal for setting fixed speeds in the setpoint generator •...

  • Page 809: L_Mpot_1

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual Function library Function blocks | L_MPot_1 16.1.23 L_MPot_1 This FB replaces a hardware motor potentiometer and can be used as an alternative setpoint source which is controlled via two inputs.  The signal is output via a ramp function generator with linear ramps.

  • Page 810: Phone: 800.894.0412 - Fax: 888.723.4773 - Web: Www.clrwtr.com - Email: Info@Clrwtr.com

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual Function library Function blocks | L_MPot_1 Outputs Identifier Value/meaning Data type nOut_a Output signal Parameter Parameter Possible settings Info C00800 -199.99 199.99 Upper limit • Lenze setting: 100.00 % C00801 -199.99 199.99 Lower limit •...

  • Page 811: Activate & Control Motor Potentiometer

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual Function library Function blocks | L_MPot_1 16.1.23.1 Activate & control motor potentiometer When bInAct is set to FALSE, the motor potentiometer is activated.  The currently active function depends on the current output signal nOut_a, the limit values set and the control signals at bUp and bDown.

  • Page 812: Deactivate Motor Potentiometer

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual Function library Function blocks | L_MPot_1 16.1.23.2 Deactivate motor potentiometer When the motor potentiometer is deactivated by setting bInAct to TRUE, the nOut_a output signal responds according to the function selected via Function. nOut_a...

  • Page 813: L_Muldiv_1

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual Function library Function blocks | L_MulDiv_1 16.1.24 L_MulDiv_1 This FB multiplies the analog input signal with a parameterisable factor.  The value of the factor is determined by a quotient consisting of numerator and denominator .

  • Page 814: L_Negation_1

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual Function library Function blocks | L_Negation_1 16.1.25 L_Negation_1 This FB converts the sign of the input signal, i.e. the input signal is multiplied by the value -1 and is then output.  With the value - 32768 at the nIn_a input, the value + 32767 is provided at the nOut_a output.

  • Page 815: L_Not_1

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual Function library Function blocks | L_Not_1 16.1.26 L_Not_1 This FB negates a signal of BOOL data type. Inputs Identifier Value/meaning Data type Input signal BOOL Outputs Identifier Value/meaning Data type bOut Result of the NOT operation (negated input signal) BOOL 16.1.27...

  • Page 816: L_Not_3

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual Function library Function blocks | L_Not_3 16.1.28 L_Not_3 This FB negates a signal of BOOL data type. Inputs Identifier Value/meaning Data type Input signal BOOL Outputs Identifier Value/meaning Data type bOut Result of the NOT operation (negated input signal) BOOL Firmware ≤...

  • Page 817: L_Nset_1

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual Function library Function blocks | L_NSet_1 16.1.29 L_NSet_1 This FB is used for general signal processing of process values and is provided with the following functions:  Ramp function generator – With linear ramps for main and additional setpoint path –...

  • Page 818: Phone: 800.894.0412 - Fax: 888.723.4773 - Web: Www.clrwtr.com - Email: Info@Clrwtr.com

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual Function library Function blocks | L_NSet_1 Inputs Identifier Information/possible settings Data type nCInhVal_a Main setpoint signal which is to be accepted by the main setpoint integrator when the controller is inhibited. bRfgStop Holding (freezing) of the current value of the main setpoint integrator BOOL TRUE The current value of the main setpoint integrator is held.

  • Page 819: Phone: 800.894.0412 - Fax: 888.723.4773 - Web: Www.clrwtr.com - Email: Info@Clrwtr.com

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual Function library Function blocks | L_NSet_1 Identifier Value/meaning Data type wState Bit-coded status word • Bits that are not listed are reserved for future extensions. WORD Bit 0 No blocking zone active Bit 1 Blocking zone 1 active...

  • Page 820: Main Setpoint Path

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual Function library Function blocks | L_NSet_1 Parameter Possible settings Info C00221 0.000 999.900 Deceleration time T for the additional setpoint • Lenze setting: 0.000 s C00241 0.00 100.00 Hysteresis window for zero detection of speed output setpoint (output bRfgIEqO) •...

  • Page 821: Jog Setpoints

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual Function library Function blocks | L_NSet_1 16.1.29.2 JOG setpoints In addition to the direct main setpoint selection via the nNSet_a input, so-called JOG setpoints can be preset in C00039/1...15.  The JOG setpoints are binary-coded and can be called using the bJog1 ... bJog8 selection...

  • Page 822: Skip Frequency Function

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual Function library Function blocks | L_NSet_1 16.1.29.5 Skip frequency function If the speed setpoints in speed-variable drives are linearly increasing, for instance, the frequency/speed range is divided into a number of equal time segments. Therefore, there may be speeds during acceleration time which must be bridged very fast (e.g.

  • Page 823: Phone: 800.894.0412 - Fax: 888.723.4773 - Web: Www.clrwtr.com - Email: Info@Clrwtr.com

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual Function library Function blocks | L_NSet_1 Definition of the blocking zones The subcodes of codes C00632 C00633 can be used to define three zones which are to be skipped by the output setpoint and which are to be passed as fast as possible by the ramp function generator.

  • Page 824: Phone: 800.894.0412 - Fax: 888.723.4773 - Web: Www.clrwtr.com - Email: Info@Clrwtr.com

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual Function library Function blocks | L_NSet_1 Overlapping of blocking zones If blocking zones overlap, the lowest and highest value of the overlapping zones form a new zone. In this case, the status display (output wState or display parameter C00634) only indicates one zone (the lower of the two original zones).

  • Page 825: Ramp Function Generator For The Main Setpoint

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual Function library Function blocks | L_NSet_1 16.1.29.6 Ramp function generator for the main setpoint The setpoint is now led via a ramp function generator with linear characteristic. The ramp function generator converts setpoint step-changes at the input into a ramp.

  • Page 826: Phone: 800.894.0412 - Fax: 888.723.4773 - Web: Www.clrwtr.com - Email: Info@Clrwtr.com

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual Function library Function blocks | L_NSet_1 Selection inputs Used Used Acceleration time Deceleration bTI8 bTI4 bTI2 bTI1 time TRUE TRUE TRUE FALSE C00101/14 C00103/14 TRUE TRUE TRUE TRUE C00101/15 C00103/15 Function  When the controller is inhibited (CINH), the ramp function generator accepts the value applied at nCInhVal_a and transfers it to the downstream function.

  • Page 827: S-Shaped Ramp

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual Function library Function blocks | L_NSet_1 16.1.29.7 S-shaped ramp A PT1 element is connected downstream of the linear ramp function generator. This arrangement implements an S-shaped ramp for a nearly jerk-free acceleration and deceleration.

  • Page 828: L_Offsetgain_1

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual Function library Function blocks | L_OffsetGain_1 16.1.30 L_OffsetGain_1 This FB can add an offset to an analog input signal and amplify it afterwards. Preferably to be interconnected directly after the analog input terminals.  The internal calculations (addition and subtraction) are carried out with 32 bits without overflow/underflow.

  • Page 829: L_Offsetgain_2

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual Function library Function blocks | L_OffsetGain_2 16.1.31 L_OffsetGain_2 This FB can add an offset to an analog input signal and amplify it afterwards. Preferably to be interconnected directly after the analog input terminals.  The internal calculations (addition and subtraction) are carried out with 32 bits without overflow/underflow.

  • Page 830: L_Offsetgainp_1

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual Function library Function blocks | L_OffsetGainP_1 16.1.32 L_OffsetGainP_1 This FB can add an offset to an analog input signal and amplify it afterwards. Preferably to be interconnected directly after the analog input terminals.  The internal calculations (addition and subtraction) are carried out with 32 bits without overflow/underflow.

  • Page 831: L_Offsetgainp_2

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual Function library Function blocks | L_OffsetGainP_2 16.1.33 L_OffsetGainP_2 This FB can add an offset to an analog input signal and amplify it afterwards. Preferably to be interconnected directly after the analog input terminals.  The internal calculations (addition and subtraction) are carried out with 32 bits without overflow/underflow.

  • Page 832: L_Offsetgainp_3

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual Function library Function blocks | L_OffsetGainP_3 16.1.34 L_OffsetGainP_3 This FB can add an offset to an analog input signal and amplify it afterwards. Preferably to be interconnected directly after the analog input terminals.  The internal calculations (addition and subtraction) are carried out with 32 bits without overflow/underflow.

  • Page 833: L_Or_1

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual Function library Function blocks | L_Or_1 16.1.35 L_Or_1 This FB implements the ORing of the inputs signals. Inputs Identifier Information/possible settings Data type bIn1 Input signal bIn2 bIn3 BOOL Outputs Identifier Value/meaning Data type...

  • Page 834: L_Or_2

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual Function library Function blocks | L_Or_2 16.1.36 L_Or_2 This FB implements the ORing of the inputs signals. Inputs Identifier Information/possible settings Data type bIn1 Input signal bIn2 bIn3 BOOL Outputs Identifier Value/meaning Data type...

  • Page 835: L_Or_3

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual Function library Function blocks | L_Or_3 16.1.37 L_Or_3 This FB implements the ORing of the inputs signals. Inputs Identifier Information/possible settings Data type bIn1 Input signal bIn2 bIn3 BOOL Outputs Identifier Value/meaning Data type...

  • Page 836: L_Or_4

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual Function library Function blocks | L_Or_4 16.1.38 L_Or_4 This FB implements the ORing of the inputs signals. Inputs Identifier Information/possible settings Data type bIn1 Input signal bIn2 bIn3 BOOL Outputs Identifier Value/meaning Data type...

  • Page 837: L_Pctrl_1

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual Function library Function blocks | L_PCTRL_1 16.1.39 L_PCTRL_1 This FB is a PID controller and can be used for various control tasks (e.g. as dancer position controller, tension controller, or pressure controller). The FB is provided with the following functions: ...

  • Page 838: Phone: 800.894.0412 - Fax: 888.723.4773 - Web: Www.clrwtr.com - Email: Info@Clrwtr.com

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual Function library Function blocks | L_PCTRL_1 Identifier Information/possible settings Data type nSet_a Sensor and process setpoint for operating modes 2, 4 and 5 • Scaling: 16384 ≡ 100 % • Internal limitation to ± 199.99 % •...

  • Page 839: Phone: 800.894.0412 - Fax: 888.723.4773 - Web: Www.clrwtr.com - Email: Info@Clrwtr.com

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual Function library Function blocks | L_PCTRL_1 Identifier Value/meaning Data type nPIDOut1_a PID controller output without influencing factor nInfluence_a • Inputs bEnableInfluenceRamp and nInfluence_a do not have any effect here, the limited PID output value influenced by the internal ramp times is output.

  • Page 840: Phone: 800.894.0412 - Fax: 888.723.4773 - Web: Www.clrwtr.com - Email: Info@Clrwtr.com

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual Function library Function blocks | L_PCTRL_1 Parameter Possible settings Info C00242 Operating mode • Lenze setting: "0: Off" 0 Off The input setpoint nNSet_a is output without any changes at the output nOut_a. 1 nNSet + nNSet_PID nNSet_a and nAct_a are used as PID input values.

  • Page 841: Control Characteristic

    Differential component Kd (D component) The differential component Kd is set under C00224.  The setting "0.0 s" deactivates the D component (Lenze setting). In this way, the PID controller becomes a PI controller or P controller, if the I component has been deactivated as well.

  • Page 842: Ramp Function Generator

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual Function library Function blocks | L_PCTRL_1 16.1.39.2 Ramp function generator The PID output is led via a ramp function generator with linear characteristic. This serves to transfer setpoint step-changes at the PID output into a ramp which should be as steep as possible.

  • Page 843: Evaluation Of The Output Signal

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual Function library Function blocks | L_PCTRL_1 16.1.39.4 Evaluation of the output signal After the limitation, the output signal is evaluated with the influencing factor nInfluence_a. The evaluation is activated/suppressed along a ramp when the bEnableInfluenceRamp input is set to TRUE.

  • Page 844: Control Functions

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual Function library Function blocks | L_PCTRL_1 16.1.39.6 Control functions The process controller has various digital inputs for controlling the FB: Identifier Information/possible settings Data type bInAct Deactivate process controller temporarily (stop) • Changes can be done online.

  • Page 845: L_Pt1_1

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual Function library Function blocks | L_PT1_1 16.1.40 L_PT1_1 This FB filters and delays analog signals.  The filter time constant T can be set under C00249.  The gain is defined with V = 1.

  • Page 846: L_Rlq_1

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual Function library Function blocks | L_RLQ_1 16.1.41 L_RLQ_1 This FB links a selected direction of rotation to the quick stop function with wire-break protection. Inputs Identifier Information/possible settings Data type Input • TRUE = CW rotation...

  • Page 847: L_Signalmonitor_A

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual Function library Function blocks | L_SignalMonitor_a 16.1.42 L_SignalMonitor_a This FB outputs four analog signals which can be selected from a list of analog output signals of all function blocks provided in the device.  Offset and gain of the source signals are adjustable.

  • Page 848: L_Signalmonitor_B

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual Function library Function blocks | L_SignalMonitor_b 16.1.43 L_SignalMonitor_b This FB outputs four binary signals which can be selected from a list of binary output signals of all function blocks provided in the device.  Inversion of the output signals can be set.

  • Page 849: L_Transient_1

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual Function library Function blocks | L_Transient_1 16.1.44 L_Transient_1 This FB serves to evaluate digital signal edges and convert them into timed, retriggerable pulses. Rising signal edges, falling signal edges or both signal edges can be evaluated.

  • Page 850: Function 0: Evaluate Rising Signal Edges

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual Function library Function blocks | L_Transient_1 16.1.44.1 Function 0: Evaluate rising signal edges TRUE FALSE bOut TRUE FALSE ΠΠΠPulse duration [16-24] Switching performance for function selection "0: High edge" Functional sequence 1.

  • Page 851: Function 2: Evaluate Rising And Falling Signal Edges

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual Function library Function blocks | L_Transient_1 16.1.44.3 Function 2: Evaluate rising and falling signal edges TRUE FALSE bOut TRUE FALSE ΠΠΠPulse duration [16-26] Switching performance for function selection "2: High and low edge"...

  • Page 852: L_Transient_2

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual Function library Function blocks | L_Transient_2 16.1.45 L_Transient_2 This FB serves to evaluate digital signal edges and convert them into timed, retriggerable pulses. Rising signal edges, falling signal edges or both signal edges can be evaluated.

  • Page 853: L_Transient_3

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual Function library Function blocks | L_Transient_3 16.1.46 L_Transient_3 This FB serves to evaluate digital signal edges and convert them into timed, retriggerable pulses. Rising signal edges, falling signal edges or both signal edges can be evaluated.

  • Page 854: L_Transient_4

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual Function library Function blocks | L_Transient_4 16.1.47 L_Transient_4 This FB serves to evaluate digital signal edges and convert them into timed, retriggerable pulses. Rising signal edges, falling signal edges or both signal edges can be evaluated.

  • Page 855: System Blocks

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual Function library System blocks 16.2 System blocks This chapter describes the system blocks which are available for the controller in the FB Editor.  The function blocks are described in the previous chapter "Function blocks".

  • Page 856: Phone: 800.894.0412 - Fax: 888.723.4773 - Web: Www.clrwtr.com - Email: Info@Clrwtr.com

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual Function library System blocks System block Function can be inserted into level: Appl. LS_SetError_1 Parameterisable responses to user-defined events are tripped Diagnostics & error management ( 380) LS_SyncManagement Output of status information for synchronising the internal time base Synchronisation of the internal time base (...

  • Page 857: Ls_Analoginput

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual Function library System blocks | LS_AnalogInput 16.2.1 LS_AnalogInput Interface to the analog input terminals.  For a detailed description see the main chapter "I/O terminals": Internal interfaces | System block "LS_AnalogInput" ( 280) 16.2.2 LS_CANManagement Control of internal functions of the CAN driver and display of the "Operational"...

  • Page 858: Ls_Disfree

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual Function library System blocks | LS_DisFree 16.2.7 LS_DisFree This system block displays any four 16-bit signals of the application on display codes. Inputs Identifier Information/possible settings Data type wDis1 ... wDis4 Inputs for any 16-bit signal of the application WORD From version 11.00.00:...

  • Page 859: Ls_Disfree_A

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual Function library System blocks | LS_DisFree_a 16.2.8 LS_DisFree_a This system block displays any four analog signals of the application on display codes. Inputs Identifier Information/possible settings Data type nDis1_a ... nDis4_a Inputs for any analog signal of the application From version 11.00.00:...

  • Page 860: Display Of Internal Process Factors In Application Units

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual Function library System blocks | LS_DisFree_a 16.2.8.1 Display of internal process factors in application units This function extension is available from version 06.00.00! In addition to the display in percent in C00482/1...8, for the first four analog signals nDis1_a ...

  • Page 861: Ls_Disfree_B

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual Function library System blocks | LS_DisFree_b 16.2.9 LS_DisFree_b This system block displays any eight digital signals of the application on a bit-coded display code. Inputs Identifier Information/possible settings Data type bDis1 ... bDis8 Inputs for any digital signal of the application BOOL From version 11.00.00:...

  • Page 862: Ls_Keypad

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual Function library System blocks | LS_Keypad 16.2.11 LS_Keypad This system block is used on I/O interconnection level if the "Keypad" control mode has been selected in C00007. In the "Keypad" control mode, the LS_Keypad system block passes on various setpoints and control commands to the technology application which can be selected/activated via codes using the keypad.

  • Page 863: Ls_Motioncontrolkernel

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual Function library System blocks | LS_MotionControlKernel Parameter Parameter Possible settings Info C00727/1...8 1 Keypad digital values • Execution of control commands for keypad operation • See the "Outputs" table for the meaning of the individual subcodes C00728/1...3...

  • Page 864: Ls_Parfix

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual Function library System blocks | LS_ParFix 16.2.14 LS_ParFix This system block outputs various fixed values (constants) to be used in the interconnection. Outputs Identifier Value/meaning Data type bTrue 1 ≡ TRUE BOOL nPos100_a 16384 ≡ + 100 % nNeg100_a -16384 ≡...

  • Page 865: Ls_Parfree

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual Function library System blocks | LS_ParFree 16.2.15 LS_ParFree This system block outputs 4 parameterisable 16-bit signals. Outputs Identifier Value/meaning Data type wPar1 ... wPar4 Output of the 16-bit signals parameterised in C00471/1...4 WORD From version 11.00.00: Note: From version 11.00.00...

  • Page 866: Ls_Parfree_A

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual Function library System blocks | LS_ParFree_a 16.2.16 LS_ParFree_a This system block outputs 4 parameterisable analog signals. Outputs Identifier Value/meaning Data type nPar1_a ... nPar4_a Output of the analog signals parameterised in C00472/1...4 From version 11.00.00: Note: From version 11.00.00...

  • Page 867: Ls_Parfree_B

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual Function library System blocks | LS_ParFree_b 16.2.17 LS_ParFree_b This system block outputs 16 parameterisable digital signals. Outputs Identifier Value/meaning Data type bPar1 ... bPar16 Output of the signal levels (FALSE/TRUE) parameterised in C00470/1...16 BOOL From version 11.00.00:...

  • Page 868: Ls_Parfree_P

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual Function library System blocks | LS_ParFree_p 16.2.18 LS_ParFree_p This system block outputs 4 parameterisable position signals. Outputs Identifier Value/meaning Data type dnC474_1_p ... dnC474_4_p Output of the position signals parameterised in C00474/1...4 DINT Parameter...

  • Page 869: Ls_Parfree_V

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual Function library System blocks | LS_ParFree_v 16.2.19 LS_ParFree_v This system block outputs 4 parameterisable speed signals. Outputs Identifier Information/possible settings Data type nPar1_v ... nPar4_v Output of the speed signals parameterised in C00473/1...4 From version 11.00.00: Note: From version 11.00.00...

  • Page 870: Ls_Parreadwrite_1-3

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual Function library System blocks | LS_ParReadWrite_1-3 16.2.20 LS_ParReadWrite_1-3 The LS_ParReadWrite_1 ... LS_ParReadWrite_3 system blocks serve to read and write local parameters.  If several system blocks are activated at the same time, the blocks will be processed one at a time every time the main program is executed.

  • Page 871: Phone: 800.894.0412 - Fax: 888.723.4773 - Web: Www.clrwtr.com - Email: Info@Clrwtr.com

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual Function library System blocks | LS_ParReadWrite_1-3 Outputs Identifier Value/meaning Data type bDone "Read/Write request successfully completed" status signal • The output is automatically reset to FALSE if a new request is activated via BOOL bExecute or the cycle time (C01091) expires.

  • Page 872: Arithmetic Function

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual Function library System blocks | LS_ParReadWrite_1-3 Parameter Possible settings Info C01092/1...3 Error status • If bFail = TRUE: 0 No error Error status is displayed. 33803 Invalid data type (e.g. STRING) • Subcode 1 = LS_ParReadWrite_1...

  • Page 873: Phone: 800.894.0412 - Fax: 888.723.4773 - Web: Www.clrwtr.com - Email: Info@Clrwtr.com

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual Function library System blocks | LS_ParReadWrite_1-3 Internal conversion If arithmetic modes 1 ... 3 are selected in C01093, the input value / read parameter value is internally converted via parameterisable factors.  Division is not remainder considered.

  • Page 874: Ls_Pulsegenerator

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual Function library System blocks | LS_PulseGenerator 16.2.21 LS_PulseGenerator This system block outputs 9 different fixed frequencies and 1 frequency with parameterisable pulse/dead time. From version 06.00.00, the SB provides a TRUE signal at the bFirstCycleDone output when has expired.

  • Page 875: Ls_Seterror_1

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual Function library System blocks | LS_SetError_1 Parameter Parameter Possible settings Info C00400/1 60000 Length of LOW level (break) • For output bSquareWave • Lenze setting: 1000 ms C00400/2 60000 Length of HIGH level • For output bSquareWave •...

  • Page 876: Index

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual Index Index Symbols Assigning signal sources Assignment of the process data objects "LA_NCtrl" application block Auto-DCB "LA_SwitchPos" application block Hold time (C00106) Threshold (C00019) AutoFailReset configuration (C00188) 120 % operation AutoFailReset repetition time (C00184)

  • Page 877: Phone: 800.894.0412 - Fax: 888.723.4773 - Web: Www.clrwtr.com - Email: Info@Clrwtr.com

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual Index C1092 C1755 C1093 C176 C1094 C1763 C1095 C1764 C1765 C1120 C177 C1121 C1770 C1122 C178 C1123 C179 C1124 C1138 C180 C1139 C181 C114 C182 C115 C184 C118 C185 C186 C120 C187 C123 C188...

  • Page 878: Phone: 800.894.0412 - Fax: 888.723.4773 - Web: Www.clrwtr.com - Email: Info@Clrwtr.com

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual Index C243 C301 C244 C302 C245 C304 C246 C305 C247 C306 C249 C307 C2580 C308 C2581 C309 C2582 C310 C2589 C311 C2593 C312 C313 C2607 C314 C2610 C315 C2611 C316 C265 C317 C320 C270...

  • Page 879: Phone: 800.894.0412 - Fax: 888.723.4773 - Web: Www.clrwtr.com - Email: Info@Clrwtr.com

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual Index C386 C495 C496 C400 C497 C401 C408 C409 C505 C410 C507 C411 C412 C516 C413 C517 C420 C423 C425 C434 C435 C436 C560 C439 C561 C440 C565 C441 C566 C442 C567 C443 C569...

  • Page 880: Phone: 800.894.0412 - Fax: 888.723.4773 - Web: Www.clrwtr.com - Email: Info@Clrwtr.com

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual Index C611 C734 C612 C735 C736 C620 C621 C740 C622 C741 C632 C742 C633 C743 C634 C744 C635 C746 C636 C747 C637 C748 C638 C749 C639 C750 C640 C751 C643 C753 C760 C670 C761...

  • Page 881: Phone: 800.894.0412 - Fax: 888.723.4773 - Web: Www.clrwtr.com - Email: Info@Clrwtr.com

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual Index C996 C876 C997 C877 C998 C999 CA06 CAN CRC error (error message) C890 CA07 CAN bus warning (error message) C905 CA08 C909 CAN bus stopped (error message) CA0b C910 CAN HeartBeatEvent (error message)

  • Page 882: Phone: 800.894.0412 - Fax: 888.723.4773 - Web: Www.clrwtr.com - Email: Info@Clrwtr.com

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual Index DC braking CAN RPDO2 (error message) Current (C00036) Hold time (C00107) CAN RPDO3 (error message) DCB (DC-injection braking) DC-bus voltage (C00053) CAN bus off (error message) DC-injection braking Change of the operating mode Decel.

  • Page 883: Phone: 800.894.0412 - Fax: 888.723.4773 - Web: Www.clrwtr.com - Email: Info@Clrwtr.com

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual Index Diagnostics X6 xx.0119.00050 Change baud rate (C01903) xx.0123.00001 Current baud rate (C01905) xx.0123.00007 Max. baud rate (C01902) xx.0123.00014 xx.0123.00015 DigInX xx.0123.00016 Debounce time (C02830) xx.0123.00017 Inversion (C00114) xx.0123.00030 Digital inputs xx.0123.00031 Digital outputs xx.0123.00032...

  • Page 884: Phone: 800.894.0412 - Fax: 888.723.4773 - Web: Www.clrwtr.com - Email: Info@Clrwtr.com

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual Index xx.0145.00050 FreqInxx_dnOut_p (C00449) xx.0145.00051 FreqInxx_nOut_a (C00446) xx.0184.00064 FreqInxx_nOut_v (C00445) xx.0400.00009 Frequency limitation (C00910) xx.0400.00016 Function assignment xx.0400.00104 Function block editor xx.0400.00105 Function block interconnection xx.0980.00001 Function blocks xx.0981.00002 Function library xx.0982.00003 xx.0983.00004 Error register (I-1001)

  • Page 885: Phone: 800.894.0412 - Fax: 888.723.4773 - Web: Www.clrwtr.com - Email: Info@Clrwtr.com

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual Index L_Arithmetik_2 CINH motor data identification (error message) Function (C00339) L_Compare Resistor identification error (error message) L_Compare_1 Fct. (C00680) Pole position identification error (error message) Hysteresis (C00681) Window (C00682) Identification procedure (C02867) L_Compare_2 Identifier (CAN) Fct.

  • Page 886: Phone: 800.894.0412 - Fax: 888.723.4773 - Web: Www.clrwtr.com - Email: Info@Clrwtr.com

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual Index L_Not_1 L_PT1_1 Time constant (C00249) L_Not_2 L_RLQ L_Not_3 L_RLQ_1 L_NSet L_SignalMonitor_a L_NSet_1 Offs./gain (C00413) Accel. time - add. setpoint (C00220) Signal sources (C00410) Additional value output (C00639) Decel. time - add. setpoint (C00221) L_SignalMonitor_b Hyst.

  • Page 887: Phone: 800.894.0412 - Fax: 888.723.4773 - Web: Www.clrwtr.com - Email: Info@Clrwtr.com

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual Index LS_WriteParamList Motor phase failure (error message) Error line (C01084) Error status (C01083) LS_AnalogIn1 Execute Mode (C01082) PT1 time constant (C00440) Index (C01085) LS_AnalogInput WriteValue_1 (C01086) LS_AnalogOutput WriteValue_2 (C01087) LS_Brake WriteValue_3 (C01088) LS_CANManagement WriteValue_4 (C01089)

  • Page 888: Phone: 800.894.0412 - Fax: 888.723.4773 - Web: Www.clrwtr.com - Email: Info@Clrwtr.com

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual Index Flying restart fct. oC12 Oscillation damping I2xt overload - brake resistor (error message) Selection help oC13 Selection of switching frequency Maximum current for Fch exceeded (error message) Selection of the control type Sensorless vector control (SLVC)

  • Page 889: Phone: 800.894.0412 - Fax: 888.723.4773 - Web: Www.clrwtr.com - Email: Info@Clrwtr.com

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual Index Output power (C00980) Activate Ppp saturation char. (C02859) Override point of field weakening (C00080) Imax Lss saturation characteristic (C02855) Lss saturation characteristic (C02853) Maximum motor current field weakening (C00938) Parameter change-over Parameterisable function blocks...

  • Page 890: Phone: 800.894.0412 - Fax: 888.723.4773 - Web: Www.clrwtr.com - Email: Info@Clrwtr.com

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual Index Resp. to PLI monitoring (C00643) Signal flow Energy-saving V/f characteristic control Resp. to speed controller limited (C00567) (VFCplusEco) Resp. to switching frequency reduction (C00590) Sensorless vector control (SLVC) Resp. to too frequent AutoFailReset (C00189)

  • Page 891: Phone: 800.894.0412 - Fax: 888.723.4773 - Web: Www.clrwtr.com - Email: Info@Clrwtr.com

    8400 StateLine C | Reference manual Index Sync telegram Sync window (C01123) V/f base frequency Synchronous motor V/f characteristic control (VFCplus) Field weakening V/f control (VFCplus + encoder) SyncTxRxTimes (C00370) Validity System blocks System bus Frequency interpol. point n (C00967)

Table of Contents

Save PDF